1 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
---|
2 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
|
---|
3 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"[
|
---|
4 | <!ENTITY % all.entities SYSTEM "all-entities.ent">
|
---|
5 | %all.entities;
|
---|
6 | ]>
|
---|
7 | <chapter id="AdvancedTopics">
|
---|
8 |
|
---|
9 | <title>Advanced Topics</title>
|
---|
10 |
|
---|
11 | <sect1 id="autologon">
|
---|
12 |
|
---|
13 | <title>Automated Guest Logins</title>
|
---|
14 |
|
---|
15 | <para>
|
---|
16 | &product-name; provides Guest Addition modules for Windows, Linux,
|
---|
17 | and Oracle Solaris to enable automated logins on the guest.
|
---|
18 | </para>
|
---|
19 |
|
---|
20 | <para>
|
---|
21 | When a guest operating system is running in a virtual machine, it
|
---|
22 | might be desirable to perform coordinated and automated logins
|
---|
23 | using credentials from a master login system. Credentials are user
|
---|
24 | name, password, and domain name, where each value might be empty.
|
---|
25 | </para>
|
---|
26 |
|
---|
27 | <sect2 id="autologon_win">
|
---|
28 |
|
---|
29 | <title>Automated Windows Guest Logins</title>
|
---|
30 |
|
---|
31 | <para>
|
---|
32 | Since Windows NT, Windows has provided a modular system login
|
---|
33 | subsystem, called Winlogon, which can be customized and extended
|
---|
34 | by means of so-called GINA (Graphical Identification and
|
---|
35 | Authentication) modules. With Windows Vista and Windows 7, the
|
---|
36 | GINA modules were replaced with a new mechanism called
|
---|
37 | credential providers. The &product-name; Guest Additions for
|
---|
38 | Windows come with both, a GINA and a credential provider module,
|
---|
39 | and therefore enable any Windows guest to perform automated
|
---|
40 | logins.
|
---|
41 | </para>
|
---|
42 |
|
---|
43 | <para>
|
---|
44 | To activate the &product-name; GINA or credential provider
|
---|
45 | module, install the Guest Additions using the command line
|
---|
46 | switch <computeroutput>/with_autologon</computeroutput>. All the
|
---|
47 | following manual steps required for installing these modules
|
---|
48 | will be then done by the installer.
|
---|
49 | </para>
|
---|
50 |
|
---|
51 | <para>
|
---|
52 | To manually install the &product-name; GINA module, extract the
|
---|
53 | Guest Additions as shown in
|
---|
54 | <xref linkend="windows-guest-file-extraction" /> and copy the
|
---|
55 | file <computeroutput>VBoxGINA.dll</computeroutput> to the
|
---|
56 | Windows <computeroutput>SYSTEM32</computeroutput> directory.
|
---|
57 | Then, in the registry, create the following key with a value of
|
---|
58 | <computeroutput>VBoxGINA.dll</computeroutput>:
|
---|
59 | </para>
|
---|
60 |
|
---|
61 | <screen>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon\GinaDLL</screen>
|
---|
62 |
|
---|
63 | <note>
|
---|
64 | <para>
|
---|
65 | The &product-name; GINA module is implemented as a wrapper
|
---|
66 | around the standard Windows GINA module,
|
---|
67 | <computeroutput>MSGINA.DLL</computeroutput>. As a result, it
|
---|
68 | may not work correctly with third party GINA modules.
|
---|
69 | </para>
|
---|
70 | </note>
|
---|
71 |
|
---|
72 | <para>
|
---|
73 | To manually install the &product-name; credential provider
|
---|
74 | module, extract the Guest Additions as shown in
|
---|
75 | <xref
|
---|
76 | linkend="windows-guest-file-extraction" /> and copy
|
---|
77 | the file <computeroutput>VBoxCredProv.dll</computeroutput> to
|
---|
78 | the Windows <computeroutput>SYSTEM32</computeroutput> directory.
|
---|
79 | In the registry, create the following keys:
|
---|
80 | </para>
|
---|
81 |
|
---|
82 | <screen>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\
|
---|
83 | Authentication\Credential Providers\{275D3BCC-22BB-4948-A7F6-3A3054EBA92B}
|
---|
84 |
|
---|
85 | HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{275D3BCC-22BB-4948-A7F6-3A3054EBA92B}
|
---|
86 |
|
---|
87 | HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{275D3BCC-22BB-4948-A7F6-3A3054EBA92B}\InprocServer32</screen>
|
---|
88 |
|
---|
89 | <para>
|
---|
90 | All default values, the key named
|
---|
91 | <computeroutput>Default</computeroutput>, must be set to
|
---|
92 | <computeroutput>VBoxCredProv</computeroutput>.
|
---|
93 | </para>
|
---|
94 |
|
---|
95 | <para>
|
---|
96 | Create a new string named as follows, with a value of
|
---|
97 | <computeroutput>Apartment</computeroutput>.
|
---|
98 | </para>
|
---|
99 |
|
---|
100 | <screen>HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{275D3BCC-22BB-4948-A7F6-3A3054EBA92B}\InprocServer32\ThreadingModel</screen>
|
---|
101 |
|
---|
102 | <para>
|
---|
103 | To set credentials, use the following command on a
|
---|
104 | <emphasis>running</emphasis> VM:
|
---|
105 | </para>
|
---|
106 |
|
---|
107 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "Windows XP" setcredentials "John Doe" "secretpassword" "DOMTEST"</screen>
|
---|
108 |
|
---|
109 | <para>
|
---|
110 | While the VM is running, the credentials can be queried by the
|
---|
111 | &product-name; login modules, GINA or credential provider, using
|
---|
112 | the &product-name; Guest Additions device driver. When Windows
|
---|
113 | is in <emphasis>logged out</emphasis> mode, the login modules
|
---|
114 | will constantly poll for credentials and if they are present, a
|
---|
115 | login will be attempted. After retrieving the credentials, the
|
---|
116 | login modules will erase them so that the above command will
|
---|
117 | have to be repeated for subsequent logins.
|
---|
118 | </para>
|
---|
119 |
|
---|
120 | <para>
|
---|
121 | For security reasons, credentials are not stored in any
|
---|
122 | persistent manner and will be lost when the VM is reset. Also,
|
---|
123 | the credentials are write-only. There is no way to retrieve the
|
---|
124 | credentials from the host side. Credentials can be reset from
|
---|
125 | the host side by setting empty values.
|
---|
126 | </para>
|
---|
127 |
|
---|
128 | <para>
|
---|
129 | Depending on the particular variant of the Windows guest, the
|
---|
130 | following restrictions apply:
|
---|
131 | </para>
|
---|
132 |
|
---|
133 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
134 |
|
---|
135 | <listitem>
|
---|
136 | <para>
|
---|
137 | For <emphasis role="bold">Windows XP guests.</emphasis> The
|
---|
138 | login subsystem needs to be configured to use the classic
|
---|
139 | login dialog, as the &product-name; GINA module does not
|
---|
140 | support the XP-style welcome dialog.
|
---|
141 | </para>
|
---|
142 | </listitem>
|
---|
143 |
|
---|
144 | <listitem>
|
---|
145 | <para>
|
---|
146 | <emphasis role="bold">Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8,
|
---|
147 | and Windows 10 guests.</emphasis> The login subsystem does
|
---|
148 | not support the so-called Secure Attention Sequence,
|
---|
149 | <computeroutput>Ctrl+Alt+Del</computeroutput>. As a result,
|
---|
150 | the guest's group policy settings need to be changed to not
|
---|
151 | use the Secure Attention Sequence. Also, the user name given
|
---|
152 | is only compared to the true user name, not the user
|
---|
153 | friendly name. This means that when you rename a user, you
|
---|
154 | still have to supply the original user name as Windows never
|
---|
155 | renames user accounts internally.
|
---|
156 | </para>
|
---|
157 | </listitem>
|
---|
158 |
|
---|
159 | <listitem>
|
---|
160 | <para>
|
---|
161 | Automatic login handling of the built-in
|
---|
162 | <emphasis role="bold">Windows Remote Desktop
|
---|
163 | Service</emphasis>, formerly known as Terminal Services, is
|
---|
164 | disabled by default. To enable it, create the following
|
---|
165 | registry key with a <computeroutput>DWORD</computeroutput>
|
---|
166 | value of <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>.
|
---|
167 | </para>
|
---|
168 |
|
---|
169 | <screen>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Oracle\VirtualBox Guest Additions\AutoLogon</screen>
|
---|
170 | </listitem>
|
---|
171 |
|
---|
172 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
173 |
|
---|
174 | <para>
|
---|
175 | The following command forces &product-name; to keep the
|
---|
176 | credentials after they were read by the guest and on VM reset:
|
---|
177 | </para>
|
---|
178 |
|
---|
179 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "Windows XP" VBoxInternal/Devices/VMMDev/0/Config/KeepCredentials 1</screen>
|
---|
180 |
|
---|
181 | <para>
|
---|
182 | Note that this is a potential security risk, as a malicious
|
---|
183 | application running on the guest could request this information
|
---|
184 | using the proper interface.
|
---|
185 | </para>
|
---|
186 |
|
---|
187 | </sect2>
|
---|
188 |
|
---|
189 | <sect2 id="autologon_unix">
|
---|
190 |
|
---|
191 | <title>Automated Linux and UNIX Guest Logins</title>
|
---|
192 |
|
---|
193 | <para>
|
---|
194 | &product-name; provides a custom PAM module (Pluggable
|
---|
195 | Authentication Module) which can be used to perform automated
|
---|
196 | guest logins on platforms which support this framework.
|
---|
197 | Virtually all modern Linux and UNIX distributions rely on PAM.
|
---|
198 | </para>
|
---|
199 |
|
---|
200 | <para>
|
---|
201 | For automated logins on Ubuntu, or Ubuntu-derived, distributions
|
---|
202 | using LightDM as the display manager. See
|
---|
203 | <xref linkend="autologon_unix_lightdm" />.
|
---|
204 | </para>
|
---|
205 |
|
---|
206 | <para>
|
---|
207 | The <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> module itself
|
---|
208 | <emphasis>does not</emphasis> do an actual verification of the
|
---|
209 | credentials passed to the guest OS. Instead it relies on other
|
---|
210 | modules such as <computeroutput>pam_unix.so</computeroutput> or
|
---|
211 | <computeroutput>pam_unix2.so</computeroutput> down in the PAM
|
---|
212 | stack to do the actual validation using the credentials
|
---|
213 | retrieved by <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput>.
|
---|
214 | Therefore <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> has to be
|
---|
215 | on top of the authentication PAM service list.
|
---|
216 | </para>
|
---|
217 |
|
---|
218 | <note>
|
---|
219 | <para>
|
---|
220 | The <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> module only
|
---|
221 | supports the <computeroutput>auth</computeroutput> primitive.
|
---|
222 | Other primitives such as
|
---|
223 | <computeroutput>account</computeroutput>,
|
---|
224 | <computeroutput>session</computeroutput>, or
|
---|
225 | <computeroutput>password</computeroutput> are not supported.
|
---|
226 | </para>
|
---|
227 | </note>
|
---|
228 |
|
---|
229 | <para>
|
---|
230 | The <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> module is
|
---|
231 | shipped as part of the Guest Additions but it is not installed
|
---|
232 | and/or activated on the guest OS by default. In order to install
|
---|
233 | it, it has to be copied from
|
---|
234 | <computeroutput>/opt/VBoxGuestAdditions-<version>/other/</computeroutput>
|
---|
235 | to the security modules directory. This is usually
|
---|
236 | <computeroutput>/lib/security/</computeroutput> on 32-bit Linux
|
---|
237 | guests or <computeroutput>/lib64/security/</computeroutput> on
|
---|
238 | 64-bit Linux guests. Please refer to your guest OS documentation
|
---|
239 | for the correct PAM module directory.
|
---|
240 | </para>
|
---|
241 |
|
---|
242 | <para>
|
---|
243 | For example, to use <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput>
|
---|
244 | with a Ubuntu Linux guest OS and the GNOME Desktop Manager (GDM)
|
---|
245 | to log in users automatically with the credentials passed by the
|
---|
246 | host, configure the guest OS as follows:
|
---|
247 | </para>
|
---|
248 |
|
---|
249 | <orderedlist>
|
---|
250 |
|
---|
251 | <listitem>
|
---|
252 | <para>
|
---|
253 | Copy the <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> module
|
---|
254 | to the security modules directory. In this case,
|
---|
255 | <computeroutput>/lib/security</computeroutput>.
|
---|
256 | </para>
|
---|
257 | </listitem>
|
---|
258 |
|
---|
259 | <listitem>
|
---|
260 | <para>
|
---|
261 | Edit the PAM configuration file for GDM, found at
|
---|
262 | <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/gdm</computeroutput>. Add the
|
---|
263 | line <computeroutput>auth requisite
|
---|
264 | pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> at the top. Additionally, in
|
---|
265 | most Linux distributions there is a file called
|
---|
266 | <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-auth</computeroutput>.
|
---|
267 | This file is included in many other services, like the GDM
|
---|
268 | file mentioned above. There you also have to add the line
|
---|
269 | <computeroutput>auth requisite pam_vbox.so</computeroutput>.
|
---|
270 | </para>
|
---|
271 | </listitem>
|
---|
272 |
|
---|
273 | <listitem>
|
---|
274 | <para>
|
---|
275 | If authentication against the shadow database using
|
---|
276 | <computeroutput>pam_unix.so</computeroutput> or
|
---|
277 | <computeroutput>pam_unix2.so</computeroutput> is desired,
|
---|
278 | the argument <computeroutput>try_first_pass</computeroutput>
|
---|
279 | for <computeroutput>pam_unix.so</computeroutput> or
|
---|
280 | <computeroutput>use_first_pass</computeroutput> for
|
---|
281 | <computeroutput>pam_unix2.so</computeroutput> is needed in
|
---|
282 | order to pass the credentials from the &product-name; module
|
---|
283 | to the shadow database authentication module. For Ubuntu,
|
---|
284 | this needs to be added to
|
---|
285 | <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-auth</computeroutput>, to
|
---|
286 | the end of the line referencing
|
---|
287 | <computeroutput>pam_unix.so</computeroutput>. This argument
|
---|
288 | tells the PAM module to use credentials already present in
|
---|
289 | the stack, such as the ones provided by the &product-name;
|
---|
290 | PAM module.
|
---|
291 | </para>
|
---|
292 | </listitem>
|
---|
293 |
|
---|
294 | </orderedlist>
|
---|
295 |
|
---|
296 | <warning>
|
---|
297 | <para>
|
---|
298 | An incorrectly configured PAM stack can effectively prevent
|
---|
299 | you from logging into your guest system.
|
---|
300 | </para>
|
---|
301 | </warning>
|
---|
302 |
|
---|
303 | <para>
|
---|
304 | To make deployment easier, you can pass the argument
|
---|
305 | <computeroutput>debug</computeroutput> right after the
|
---|
306 | <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> statement. Debug
|
---|
307 | log output will then be recorded using syslog.
|
---|
308 | </para>
|
---|
309 |
|
---|
310 | <note>
|
---|
311 | <para>
|
---|
312 | By default, <computeroutput>pam_vbox</computeroutput> will not
|
---|
313 | wait for credentials to arrive from the host. When a login
|
---|
314 | prompt is shown, for example by GDM/KDM or the text console,
|
---|
315 | and pam_vbox does not yet have credentials it does not wait
|
---|
316 | until they arrive. Instead the next module in the PAM stack,
|
---|
317 | depending on the PAM configuration, will have the chance for
|
---|
318 | authentication.
|
---|
319 | </para>
|
---|
320 | </note>
|
---|
321 |
|
---|
322 | <para>
|
---|
323 | <computeroutput>pam_vbox</computeroutput> supports various guest
|
---|
324 | property parameters that are located in
|
---|
325 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/PAM/</computeroutput>.
|
---|
326 | These parameters allow pam_vbox to wait for credentials to be
|
---|
327 | provided by the host and optionally can show a message while
|
---|
328 | waiting for those. The following guest properties can be set:
|
---|
329 | </para>
|
---|
330 |
|
---|
331 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
332 |
|
---|
333 | <listitem>
|
---|
334 | <para>
|
---|
335 | <computeroutput>CredsWait</computeroutput>: Set to 1 if
|
---|
336 | pam_vbox should start waiting until credentials arrive from
|
---|
337 | the host. Until then no other authentication methods such as
|
---|
338 | manually logging in will be available. If this property is
|
---|
339 | empty or gets deleted no waiting for credentials will be
|
---|
340 | performed and pam_vbox will act like before. This property
|
---|
341 | must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
342 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
343 | </para>
|
---|
344 | </listitem>
|
---|
345 |
|
---|
346 | <listitem>
|
---|
347 | <para>
|
---|
348 | <computeroutput>CredsWaitAbort</computeroutput>: Aborts
|
---|
349 | waiting for credentials when set to any value. Can be set
|
---|
350 | from host and the guest.
|
---|
351 | </para>
|
---|
352 | </listitem>
|
---|
353 |
|
---|
354 | <listitem>
|
---|
355 | <para>
|
---|
356 | <computeroutput>CredsWaitTimeout</computeroutput>: Timeout,
|
---|
357 | in seconds, to let pam_vbox wait for credentials to arrive.
|
---|
358 | When no credentials arrive within this timeout,
|
---|
359 | authentication of pam_vbox will be set to failed and the
|
---|
360 | next PAM module in chain will be asked. If this property is
|
---|
361 | not specified, set to 0 or an invalid value, an infinite
|
---|
362 | timeout will be used. This property must be set read-only
|
---|
363 | for the guest
|
---|
364 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
365 | </para>
|
---|
366 | </listitem>
|
---|
367 |
|
---|
368 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
369 |
|
---|
370 | <para>
|
---|
371 | To customize pam_vbox further there are the following guest
|
---|
372 | properties:
|
---|
373 | </para>
|
---|
374 |
|
---|
375 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
376 |
|
---|
377 | <listitem>
|
---|
378 | <para>
|
---|
379 | <computeroutput>CredsMsgWaiting</computeroutput>: Custom
|
---|
380 | message showed while pam_vbox is waiting for credentials
|
---|
381 | from the host. This property must be set read-only for the
|
---|
382 | guest (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
383 | </para>
|
---|
384 | </listitem>
|
---|
385 |
|
---|
386 | <listitem>
|
---|
387 | <para>
|
---|
388 | <computeroutput>CredsMsgWaitTimeout</computeroutput>: Custom
|
---|
389 | message showed when waiting for credentials by pam_vbox has
|
---|
390 | timed out. For example, they did not arrive within time.
|
---|
391 | This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
392 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
393 | </para>
|
---|
394 | </listitem>
|
---|
395 |
|
---|
396 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
397 |
|
---|
398 | <note>
|
---|
399 | <para>
|
---|
400 | If a pam_vbox guest property does not have the correct flag
|
---|
401 | set (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>) the
|
---|
402 | property is ignored and, depending on the property, a default
|
---|
403 | value will be used. This can result in pam_vbox not waiting
|
---|
404 | for credentials. Consult the appropriate syslog file for more
|
---|
405 | information and use the <computeroutput>debug</computeroutput>
|
---|
406 | option.
|
---|
407 | </para>
|
---|
408 | </note>
|
---|
409 |
|
---|
410 | <sect3 id="autologon_unix_lightdm">
|
---|
411 |
|
---|
412 | <title>&product-name; Greeter for Ubuntu/LightDM</title>
|
---|
413 |
|
---|
414 | <para>
|
---|
415 | &product-name; comes with an own greeter module, named
|
---|
416 | vbox-greeter. The module can be used with LightDM 1.0.1 or
|
---|
417 | later. LightDM is the default display manager since Ubuntu
|
---|
418 | 10.11 and therefore also can be used for automated guest
|
---|
419 | logins.
|
---|
420 | </para>
|
---|
421 |
|
---|
422 | <para>
|
---|
423 | vbox-greeter does not need the
|
---|
424 | <computeroutput>pam_vbox</computeroutput> module described
|
---|
425 | above in order to function. It comes with its own
|
---|
426 | authentication mechanism provided by LightDM. However, to
|
---|
427 | provide maximum of flexibility both modules can be used
|
---|
428 | together on the same guest.
|
---|
429 | </para>
|
---|
430 |
|
---|
431 | <para>
|
---|
432 | As with the <computeroutput>pam_vbox</computeroutput> module,
|
---|
433 | vbox-greeter is shipped as part of the Guest Additions but it
|
---|
434 | is not installed or activated on the guest OS by default. To
|
---|
435 | install vbox-greeter automatically upon Guest Additions
|
---|
436 | installation, use the
|
---|
437 | <computeroutput>--with-autologon</computeroutput> switch when
|
---|
438 | starting the VBoxLinuxAdditions.run file:
|
---|
439 | </para>
|
---|
440 |
|
---|
441 | <screen># ./VBoxLinuxAdditions.run -- --with-autologon</screen>
|
---|
442 |
|
---|
443 | <para>
|
---|
444 | For manual or postponed installation, the
|
---|
445 | <computeroutput>vbox-greeter.desktop</computeroutput> file has
|
---|
446 | to be copied from
|
---|
447 | <computeroutput>/opt/VBoxGuestAdditions-<version>/other/</computeroutput>
|
---|
448 | to the <computeroutput>xgreeters</computeroutput> directory
|
---|
449 | This is usually
|
---|
450 | <computeroutput>/usr/share/xgreeters/</computeroutput>. Please
|
---|
451 | refer to your guest OS documentation for the correct LightDM
|
---|
452 | greeter directory.
|
---|
453 | </para>
|
---|
454 |
|
---|
455 | <para>
|
---|
456 | The vbox-greeter module itself already was installed by the
|
---|
457 | &product-name; Guest Additions installer and resides in
|
---|
458 | <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/</computeroutput>. To enable
|
---|
459 | vbox-greeter as the standard greeter module, the file
|
---|
460 | <computeroutput>/etc/lightdm/lightdm.conf</computeroutput>
|
---|
461 | needs to be edited:
|
---|
462 | </para>
|
---|
463 |
|
---|
464 | <screen>[SeatDefaults]
|
---|
465 | greeter-session=vbox-greeter</screen>
|
---|
466 |
|
---|
467 | <note>
|
---|
468 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
469 |
|
---|
470 | <listitem>
|
---|
471 | <para>
|
---|
472 | The LightDM server needs to be fully restarted in order
|
---|
473 | for vbox-greeter to be used as the default greeter. As
|
---|
474 | root, run <computeroutput>service lightdm
|
---|
475 | --full-restart</computeroutput> on Ubuntu, or simply
|
---|
476 | restart the guest.
|
---|
477 | </para>
|
---|
478 | </listitem>
|
---|
479 |
|
---|
480 | <listitem>
|
---|
481 | <para>
|
---|
482 | vbox-greeter is independent of the graphical session
|
---|
483 | chosen by the user, such as Gnome, KDE, or Unity.
|
---|
484 | However, it requires FLTK 1.3 for representing its own
|
---|
485 | user interface.
|
---|
486 | </para>
|
---|
487 | </listitem>
|
---|
488 |
|
---|
489 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
490 | </note>
|
---|
491 |
|
---|
492 | <para>
|
---|
493 | There are numerous guest properties which can be used to
|
---|
494 | further customize the login experience. For automatically
|
---|
495 | logging in users, the same guest properties apply as for
|
---|
496 | pam_vbox. See <xref linkend="autologon_unix" />.
|
---|
497 | </para>
|
---|
498 |
|
---|
499 | <para>
|
---|
500 | In addition to the above mentioned guest properties,
|
---|
501 | vbox-greeter allows further customization of its user
|
---|
502 | interface. These special guest properties all reside in
|
---|
503 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/Greeter/</computeroutput>:
|
---|
504 | </para>
|
---|
505 |
|
---|
506 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
507 |
|
---|
508 | <listitem>
|
---|
509 | <para>
|
---|
510 | <computeroutput>HideRestart</computeroutput>: Set to 1 if
|
---|
511 | vbox-greeter should hide the button to restart the guest.
|
---|
512 | This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
513 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
514 | </para>
|
---|
515 | </listitem>
|
---|
516 |
|
---|
517 | <listitem>
|
---|
518 | <para>
|
---|
519 | <computeroutput>HideShutdown</computeroutput>: Set to 1 if
|
---|
520 | vbox-greeter should hide the button to shutdown the guest.
|
---|
521 | This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
522 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
523 | </para>
|
---|
524 | </listitem>
|
---|
525 |
|
---|
526 | <listitem>
|
---|
527 | <para>
|
---|
528 | <computeroutput>BannerPath</computeroutput>: Path to a
|
---|
529 | .PNG file for using it as a banner on the top. The image
|
---|
530 | size must be 460 x 90 pixels, any bit depth. This property
|
---|
531 | must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
532 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
533 | </para>
|
---|
534 | </listitem>
|
---|
535 |
|
---|
536 | <listitem>
|
---|
537 | <para>
|
---|
538 | <computeroutput>UseTheming</computeroutput>: Set to 1 for
|
---|
539 | turning on the following theming options. This property
|
---|
540 | must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
541 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
542 | </para>
|
---|
543 | </listitem>
|
---|
544 |
|
---|
545 | <listitem>
|
---|
546 | <para>
|
---|
547 | <computeroutput>Theme/BackgroundColor</computeroutput>:
|
---|
548 | Hexadecimal RRGGBB color for the background. This property
|
---|
549 | must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
550 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
551 | </para>
|
---|
552 | </listitem>
|
---|
553 |
|
---|
554 | <listitem>
|
---|
555 | <para>
|
---|
556 | <computeroutput>Theme/LogonDialog/HeaderColor</computeroutput>:
|
---|
557 | Hexadecimal RRGGBB foreground color for the header text.
|
---|
558 | This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
559 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
560 | </para>
|
---|
561 | </listitem>
|
---|
562 |
|
---|
563 | <listitem>
|
---|
564 | <para>
|
---|
565 | <computeroutput>Theme/LogonDialog/BackgroundColor</computeroutput>:
|
---|
566 | Hexadecimal RRGGBB color for the login dialog background.
|
---|
567 | This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
568 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
569 | </para>
|
---|
570 | </listitem>
|
---|
571 |
|
---|
572 | <listitem>
|
---|
573 | <para>
|
---|
574 | <computeroutput>Theme/LogonDialog/ButtonColor</computeroutput>:
|
---|
575 | Hexadecimal RRGGBB background color for the login dialog
|
---|
576 | button. This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
577 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
578 | </para>
|
---|
579 | </listitem>
|
---|
580 |
|
---|
581 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
582 |
|
---|
583 | <note>
|
---|
584 | <para>
|
---|
585 | The same restrictions for the guest properties above apply
|
---|
586 | as for the ones specified in the pam_vbox section.
|
---|
587 | </para>
|
---|
588 | </note>
|
---|
589 |
|
---|
590 | </sect3>
|
---|
591 |
|
---|
592 | </sect2>
|
---|
593 |
|
---|
594 | </sect1>
|
---|
595 |
|
---|
596 | <sect1 id="adv-config-win-guest">
|
---|
597 |
|
---|
598 | <title>Advanced Configuration for Windows Guests</title>
|
---|
599 |
|
---|
600 | <sect2 id="sysprep">
|
---|
601 |
|
---|
602 | <title>Automated Windows System Preparation</title>
|
---|
603 |
|
---|
604 | <para>
|
---|
605 | Beginning with Windows NT 4.0, Microsoft offers a system
|
---|
606 | preparation tool called Sysprep, to prepare a Windows system for
|
---|
607 | deployment or redistribution. Whereas Windows 2000 and XP ship
|
---|
608 | with Sysprep on the installation medium, the tool also is
|
---|
609 | available for download on the Microsoft web site. In a standard
|
---|
610 | installation of Windows Vista and 7, Sysprep is already
|
---|
611 | included. Sysprep mainly consists of an executable called
|
---|
612 | <computeroutput>sysprep.exe</computeroutput> which is invoked by
|
---|
613 | the user to put the Windows installation into preparation mode.
|
---|
614 | </para>
|
---|
615 |
|
---|
616 | <para>
|
---|
617 | The Guest Additions offer a way to launch a system preparation
|
---|
618 | on the guest operating system in an automated way, controlled
|
---|
619 | from the host system. See
|
---|
620 | <xref linkend="guestadd-guestcontrol" /> for details of how to
|
---|
621 | use this feature with the special identifier
|
---|
622 | <computeroutput>sysprep</computeroutput> as the program to
|
---|
623 | execute, along with the user name
|
---|
624 | <computeroutput>sysprep</computeroutput> and password
|
---|
625 | <computeroutput>sysprep</computeroutput> for the credentials.
|
---|
626 | Sysprep then gets launched with the required system rights.
|
---|
627 | </para>
|
---|
628 |
|
---|
629 | <note>
|
---|
630 | <para>
|
---|
631 | Specifying the location of "sysprep.exe" is
|
---|
632 | <emphasis
|
---|
633 | role="bold">not possible</emphasis>. Instead
|
---|
634 | the following paths are used, based on the operating system:
|
---|
635 | </para>
|
---|
636 |
|
---|
637 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
638 |
|
---|
639 | <listitem>
|
---|
640 | <para>
|
---|
641 | <computeroutput>C:\sysprep\sysprep.exe</computeroutput>
|
---|
642 | for Windows NT 4.0, 2000 and XP
|
---|
643 | </para>
|
---|
644 | </listitem>
|
---|
645 |
|
---|
646 | <listitem>
|
---|
647 | <para>
|
---|
648 | <computeroutput>%WINDIR%\System32\Sysprep\sysprep.exe</computeroutput>
|
---|
649 | for Windows Vista, 2008 Server and 7
|
---|
650 | </para>
|
---|
651 | </listitem>
|
---|
652 |
|
---|
653 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
654 |
|
---|
655 | <para>
|
---|
656 | The Guest Additions will automatically use the appropriate
|
---|
657 | path to execute the system preparation tool.
|
---|
658 | </para>
|
---|
659 | </note>
|
---|
660 |
|
---|
661 | </sect2>
|
---|
662 |
|
---|
663 | </sect1>
|
---|
664 |
|
---|
665 | <sect1 id="adv-config-linux-guest">
|
---|
666 |
|
---|
667 | <title>Advanced Configuration for Linux and Oracle Solaris Guests</title>
|
---|
668 |
|
---|
669 | <sect2 id="linux-guest-manual-setup">
|
---|
670 |
|
---|
671 | <title>Manual Setup of Selected Guest Services on Linux</title>
|
---|
672 |
|
---|
673 | <para>
|
---|
674 | The &product-name; Guest Additions contain several different
|
---|
675 | drivers. If for any reason you do not wish to set them all up,
|
---|
676 | you can install the Guest Additions using the following command:
|
---|
677 | </para>
|
---|
678 |
|
---|
679 | <screen> sh ./VBoxLinuxAdditions.run no_setup</screen>
|
---|
680 |
|
---|
681 | <para>
|
---|
682 | After this, you will need to at least compile the kernel modules
|
---|
683 | by running the command as root:
|
---|
684 | </para>
|
---|
685 |
|
---|
686 | <screen> rcvboxadd setup</screen>
|
---|
687 |
|
---|
688 | <para>
|
---|
689 | You will need to replace <emphasis>lib</emphasis> by
|
---|
690 | <emphasis>lib64</emphasis> on some 64bit guests, and on older
|
---|
691 | guests without the udev service you will need to add the
|
---|
692 | <emphasis>vboxadd</emphasis> service to the default runlevel to
|
---|
693 | ensure that the modules get loaded.
|
---|
694 | </para>
|
---|
695 |
|
---|
696 | <para>
|
---|
697 | To setup the time synchronization service, add the service
|
---|
698 | vboxadd-service to the default runlevel. To set up the X11 and
|
---|
699 | OpenGL part of the Guest Additions, run the following command:
|
---|
700 | </para>
|
---|
701 |
|
---|
702 | <screen> rcvboxadd-x11 setup</screen>
|
---|
703 |
|
---|
704 | <para>
|
---|
705 | You do not need to enable any services for this.
|
---|
706 | </para>
|
---|
707 |
|
---|
708 | <para>
|
---|
709 | To recompile the guest kernel modules, use this command:
|
---|
710 | </para>
|
---|
711 |
|
---|
712 | <screen> rcvboxadd setup</screen>
|
---|
713 |
|
---|
714 | <para>
|
---|
715 | After compilation you should reboot your guest to ensure that
|
---|
716 | the new modules are actually used.
|
---|
717 | </para>
|
---|
718 |
|
---|
719 | </sect2>
|
---|
720 |
|
---|
721 | <sect2 id="guestxorgsetup">
|
---|
722 |
|
---|
723 | <title>Guest Graphics and Mouse Driver Setup in Depth</title>
|
---|
724 |
|
---|
725 | <para>
|
---|
726 | This section assumes that you are familiar with configuring the
|
---|
727 | X.Org server using xorg.conf and optionally the newer mechanisms
|
---|
728 | using hal or udev and xorg.conf.d. If not you can learn about
|
---|
729 | them by studying the documentation which comes with X.Org.
|
---|
730 | </para>
|
---|
731 |
|
---|
732 | <para>
|
---|
733 | The &product-name; Guest Additions include the following drivers
|
---|
734 | for X.Org versions:
|
---|
735 | </para>
|
---|
736 |
|
---|
737 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
738 |
|
---|
739 | <listitem>
|
---|
740 | <para>
|
---|
741 | X11R6.8/X11R6.9 and XFree86 version 4.3 (vboxvideo_drv_68.o
|
---|
742 | and vboxmouse_drv_68.o)
|
---|
743 | </para>
|
---|
744 | </listitem>
|
---|
745 |
|
---|
746 | <listitem>
|
---|
747 | <para>
|
---|
748 | X11R7.0 (vboxvideo_drv_70.so and vboxmouse_drv_70.so)
|
---|
749 | </para>
|
---|
750 | </listitem>
|
---|
751 |
|
---|
752 | <listitem>
|
---|
753 | <para>
|
---|
754 | X11R7.1 (vboxvideo_drv_71.so and vboxmouse_drv_71.so)
|
---|
755 | </para>
|
---|
756 | </listitem>
|
---|
757 |
|
---|
758 | <listitem>
|
---|
759 | <para>
|
---|
760 | X.Org Server versions 1.3 and later (vboxvideo_drv_13.so
|
---|
761 | vboxmouse_drv_13.so, and later versions).
|
---|
762 | </para>
|
---|
763 | </listitem>
|
---|
764 |
|
---|
765 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
766 |
|
---|
767 | <para>
|
---|
768 | By default these drivers can be found in the folowing directory:
|
---|
769 | </para>
|
---|
770 |
|
---|
771 | <para>
|
---|
772 | <computeroutput>/opt/VBoxGuestAdditions-<version>/other/</computeroutput>
|
---|
773 | </para>
|
---|
774 |
|
---|
775 | <para>
|
---|
776 | The correct versions for the X server are symbolically linked
|
---|
777 | into the X.Org driver directories.
|
---|
778 | </para>
|
---|
779 |
|
---|
780 | <para>
|
---|
781 | For graphics integration to work correctly, the X server must
|
---|
782 | load the vboxvideo driver. Many recent X server versions look
|
---|
783 | for it automatically if they see that they are running in
|
---|
784 | &product-name;. For an optimal user experience the guest kernel
|
---|
785 | drivers must be loaded and the Guest Additions tool VBoxClient
|
---|
786 | must be running as a client in the X session. For mouse
|
---|
787 | integration to work correctly, the guest kernel drivers must be
|
---|
788 | loaded and in addition, in X servers from X.Org X11R6.8 to
|
---|
789 | X11R7.1 and in XFree86 version 4.3 the right vboxmouse driver
|
---|
790 | must be loaded and associated with /dev/mouse or /dev/psaux. In
|
---|
791 | X.Org server 1.3 or later a driver for a PS/2 mouse must be
|
---|
792 | loaded and the right vboxmouse driver must be associated with
|
---|
793 | /dev/vboxguest.
|
---|
794 | </para>
|
---|
795 |
|
---|
796 | <para>
|
---|
797 | The &product-name; guest graphics driver can use any graphics
|
---|
798 | configuration for which the virtual resolution fits into the
|
---|
799 | virtual video memory allocated to the virtual machine, minus a
|
---|
800 | small amount used by the guest driver, as described in
|
---|
801 | <xref
|
---|
802 | linkend="settings-display" />. The driver will offer
|
---|
803 | a range of standard modes at least up to the default guest
|
---|
804 | resolution for all active guest monitors. In X.Org Server 1.3
|
---|
805 | and later the default mode can be changed by setting the output
|
---|
806 | property VBOX_MODE to "<width>x<height>" for any
|
---|
807 | guest monitor. When VBoxClient and the kernel drivers are active
|
---|
808 | this is done automatically when the host requests a mode change.
|
---|
809 | The driver for older versions can only receive new modes by
|
---|
810 | querying the host for requests at regular intervals.
|
---|
811 | </para>
|
---|
812 |
|
---|
813 | <para>
|
---|
814 | With X Servers before version 1.3, you can also add your own
|
---|
815 | modes to the X server configuration file. You simply need to add
|
---|
816 | them to the "Modes" list in the "Display" subsection of the
|
---|
817 | "Screen" section. For example, the following section has a
|
---|
818 | custom 2048x800 resolution mode added:
|
---|
819 | </para>
|
---|
820 |
|
---|
821 | <screen>Section "Screen"
|
---|
822 | Identifier "Default Screen"
|
---|
823 | Device "VirtualBox graphics card"
|
---|
824 | Monitor "Generic Monitor"
|
---|
825 | DefaultDepth 24
|
---|
826 | SubSection "Display"
|
---|
827 | Depth 24
|
---|
828 | Modes "2048x800" "800x600" "640x480"
|
---|
829 | EndSubSection
|
---|
830 | EndSection</screen>
|
---|
831 |
|
---|
832 | </sect2>
|
---|
833 |
|
---|
834 | </sect1>
|
---|
835 |
|
---|
836 | <sect1 id="cpuhotplug">
|
---|
837 |
|
---|
838 | <title>CPU Hot-Plugging</title>
|
---|
839 |
|
---|
840 | <para>
|
---|
841 | With virtual machines running modern server operating systems,
|
---|
842 | &product-name; supports CPU hot-plugging.
|
---|
843 | </para>
|
---|
844 |
|
---|
845 | <para>
|
---|
846 | On a physical computer CPU hot-plugging would mean that a CPU can
|
---|
847 | be added or removed while the machine is running. &product-name;
|
---|
848 | supports adding and removing of virtual CPUs while a virtual
|
---|
849 | machine is running.
|
---|
850 | </para>
|
---|
851 |
|
---|
852 | <para>
|
---|
853 | CPU hot-plugging works only with guest operating systems that
|
---|
854 | support the feature. So far this applies only to Linux and Windows
|
---|
855 | Server. Windows supports only hot-add, while Linux supports
|
---|
856 | hot-add and hot-remove. To use this feature with more than 8 CPUs,
|
---|
857 | a 64-bit Linux guest is required.
|
---|
858 | </para>
|
---|
859 |
|
---|
860 | <para>
|
---|
861 | CPU hot-plugging is done using the <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
862 | command-line interface. First, hot-plugging needs to be enabled
|
---|
863 | for a virtual machine:
|
---|
864 | </para>
|
---|
865 |
|
---|
866 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --cpuhotplug on</screen>
|
---|
867 |
|
---|
868 | <para>
|
---|
869 | The <computeroutput>--cpus</computeroutput> option is used to
|
---|
870 | specify the maximum number of CPUs that the virtual machine can
|
---|
871 | have:
|
---|
872 | </para>
|
---|
873 |
|
---|
874 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --cpus 8</screen>
|
---|
875 |
|
---|
876 | <para>
|
---|
877 | When the VM is off, you can then add and remove virtual CPUs with
|
---|
878 | the <computeroutput>modifyvm --plugcpu</computeroutput> and
|
---|
879 | <computeroutput>--unplugcpu</computeroutput> subcommands, which
|
---|
880 | take the number of the virtual CPU as a parameter, as follows:
|
---|
881 | </para>
|
---|
882 |
|
---|
883 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --plugcpu 3
|
---|
884 | VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --unplugcpu 3</screen>
|
---|
885 |
|
---|
886 | <para>
|
---|
887 | Note that CPU 0 can never be removed.
|
---|
888 | </para>
|
---|
889 |
|
---|
890 | <para>
|
---|
891 | While the VM is running, CPUs can be added and removed with the
|
---|
892 | <computeroutput>controlvm plugcpu</computeroutput> and
|
---|
893 | <computeroutput>unplugcpu</computeroutput> commands instead, as
|
---|
894 | follows:
|
---|
895 | </para>
|
---|
896 |
|
---|
897 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" plugcpu 3
|
---|
898 | VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" unplugcpu 3</screen>
|
---|
899 |
|
---|
900 | <para>
|
---|
901 | See <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm" /> and
|
---|
902 | <xref
|
---|
903 | linkend="vboxmanage-controlvm" /> for details.
|
---|
904 | </para>
|
---|
905 |
|
---|
906 | <para>
|
---|
907 | With Linux guests, the following applies:
|
---|
908 | </para>
|
---|
909 |
|
---|
910 | <para>
|
---|
911 | To prevent ejection while the CPU is still used it has to be
|
---|
912 | ejected from within the guest before. The Linux Guest Additions
|
---|
913 | contain a service which receives hot-remove events and ejects the
|
---|
914 | CPU. Also, after a CPU is added to the VM it is not automatically
|
---|
915 | used by Linux. The Linux Guest Additions service will take care of
|
---|
916 | that if installed. If not a CPU can be started with the following
|
---|
917 | command:
|
---|
918 | </para>
|
---|
919 |
|
---|
920 | <screen>echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu<id>/online</screen>
|
---|
921 |
|
---|
922 | </sect1>
|
---|
923 |
|
---|
924 | <sect1 id="pcipassthrough">
|
---|
925 |
|
---|
926 | <title>PCI Passthrough</title>
|
---|
927 |
|
---|
928 | <para>
|
---|
929 | When running on Linux hosts with a kernel version later than
|
---|
930 | <computeroutput>2.6.31</computeroutput>, experimental host PCI
|
---|
931 | devices passthrough is available.
|
---|
932 | </para>
|
---|
933 |
|
---|
934 | <note>
|
---|
935 | <para>
|
---|
936 | The PCI passthrough module is shipped as a &product-name;
|
---|
937 | extension package, which must be installed separately. See
|
---|
938 | <xref
|
---|
939 | linkend="intro-installing" />.
|
---|
940 | </para>
|
---|
941 | </note>
|
---|
942 |
|
---|
943 | <para>
|
---|
944 | This feature enables a guest to directly use physical PCI devices
|
---|
945 | on the host, even if host does not have drivers for this
|
---|
946 | particular device. Both, regular PCI and some PCI Express cards,
|
---|
947 | are supported. AGP and certain PCI Express cards are not supported
|
---|
948 | at the moment if they rely on Graphics Address Remapping Table
|
---|
949 | (GART) unit programming for texture management as it does rather
|
---|
950 | non-trivial operations with pages remapping interfering with
|
---|
951 | IOMMU. This limitation may be lifted in future releases.
|
---|
952 | </para>
|
---|
953 |
|
---|
954 | <para>
|
---|
955 | To be fully functional, PCI passthrough support in &product-name;
|
---|
956 | depends upon an IOMMU hardware unit which is not yet too widely
|
---|
957 | available. If the device uses bus mastering, for example it
|
---|
958 | performs DMA to the OS memory on its own, then an IOMMU is
|
---|
959 | required. Otherwise such DMA transactions may write to the wrong
|
---|
960 | physical memory address as the device DMA engine is programmed
|
---|
961 | using a device-specific protocol to perform memory transactions.
|
---|
962 | The IOMMU functions as translation unit mapping physical memory
|
---|
963 | access requests from the device using knowledge of the guest
|
---|
964 | physical address to host physical addresses translation rules.
|
---|
965 | </para>
|
---|
966 |
|
---|
967 | <para>
|
---|
968 | Intel's solution for IOMMU is called Intel Virtualization
|
---|
969 | Technology for Directed I/O (VT-d), and AMD's solution is called
|
---|
970 | AMD-Vi. Check your motherboard datasheet for the appropriate
|
---|
971 | technology. Even if your hardware does not have a IOMMU, certain
|
---|
972 | PCI cards may work, such as serial PCI adapters, but the guest
|
---|
973 | will show a warning on boot and the VM execution will terminate if
|
---|
974 | the guest driver will attempt to enable card bus mastering.
|
---|
975 | </para>
|
---|
976 |
|
---|
977 | <para>
|
---|
978 | It is very common that the BIOS or the host OS disables the IOMMU
|
---|
979 | by default. So before any attempt to use it please make sure that
|
---|
980 | the following apply:
|
---|
981 | </para>
|
---|
982 |
|
---|
983 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
984 |
|
---|
985 | <listitem>
|
---|
986 | <para>
|
---|
987 | Your motherboard has an IOMMU unit.
|
---|
988 | </para>
|
---|
989 | </listitem>
|
---|
990 |
|
---|
991 | <listitem>
|
---|
992 | <para>
|
---|
993 | Your CPU supports the IOMMU.
|
---|
994 | </para>
|
---|
995 | </listitem>
|
---|
996 |
|
---|
997 | <listitem>
|
---|
998 | <para>
|
---|
999 | The IOMMU is enabled in the BIOS.
|
---|
1000 | </para>
|
---|
1001 | </listitem>
|
---|
1002 |
|
---|
1003 | <listitem>
|
---|
1004 | <para>
|
---|
1005 | The VM must run with VT-x/AMD-V and nested paging enabled.
|
---|
1006 | </para>
|
---|
1007 | </listitem>
|
---|
1008 |
|
---|
1009 | <listitem>
|
---|
1010 | <para>
|
---|
1011 | Your Linux kernel was compiled with IOMMU support, including
|
---|
1012 | DMA remapping. See the
|
---|
1013 | <computeroutput>CONFIG_DMAR</computeroutput> kernel
|
---|
1014 | compilation option. The PCI stub driver
|
---|
1015 | (<computeroutput>CONFIG_PCI_STUB</computeroutput>) is required
|
---|
1016 | as well.
|
---|
1017 | </para>
|
---|
1018 | </listitem>
|
---|
1019 |
|
---|
1020 | <listitem>
|
---|
1021 | <para>
|
---|
1022 | Your Linux kernel recognizes and uses the IOMMU unit. The
|
---|
1023 | <computeroutput>intel_iommu=on</computeroutput> boot option
|
---|
1024 | could be needed. Search for DMAR and PCI-DMA in kernel boot
|
---|
1025 | log.
|
---|
1026 | </para>
|
---|
1027 | </listitem>
|
---|
1028 |
|
---|
1029 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1030 |
|
---|
1031 | <para>
|
---|
1032 | Once you made sure that the host kernel supports the IOMMU, the
|
---|
1033 | next step is to select the PCI card and attach it to the guest. To
|
---|
1034 | figure out the list of available PCI devices, use the
|
---|
1035 | <command>lspci</command> command. The output will look as follows:
|
---|
1036 | </para>
|
---|
1037 |
|
---|
1038 | <screen>01:00.0 VGA compatible controller: ATI Technologies Inc Cedar PRO [Radeon HD 5450]
|
---|
1039 | 01:00.1 Audio device: ATI Technologies Inc Manhattan HDMI Audio [Mobility Radeon HD 5000 Series]
|
---|
1040 | 02:00.0 Ethernet controller: Realtek Semiconductor Co., Ltd. RTL8111/8168B PCI Express Gigabit
|
---|
1041 | Ethernet controller (rev 03)
|
---|
1042 | 03:00.0 SATA controller: JMicron Technology Corp. JMB362/JMB363 Serial ATA Controller (rev 03)
|
---|
1043 | 03:00.1 IDE interface: JMicron Technology Corp. JMB362/JMB363 Serial ATA Controller (rev 03)
|
---|
1044 | 06:00.0 VGA compatible controller: nVidia Corporation G86 [GeForce 8500 GT] (rev a1)</screen>
|
---|
1045 |
|
---|
1046 | <para>
|
---|
1047 | The first column is a PCI address, in the format
|
---|
1048 | <computeroutput>bus:device.function</computeroutput>. This address
|
---|
1049 | could be used to identify the device for further operations. For
|
---|
1050 | example, to attach a PCI network controller on the system listed
|
---|
1051 | above to the second PCI bus in the guest, as device 5, function 0,
|
---|
1052 | use the following command:
|
---|
1053 | </para>
|
---|
1054 |
|
---|
1055 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --pciattach 02:00.0@01:05.0</screen>
|
---|
1056 |
|
---|
1057 | <para>
|
---|
1058 | To detach the same device, use:
|
---|
1059 | </para>
|
---|
1060 |
|
---|
1061 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --pcidetach 02:00.0</screen>
|
---|
1062 |
|
---|
1063 | <para>
|
---|
1064 | Please note that both host and guest could freely assign a
|
---|
1065 | different PCI address to the card attached during runtime, so
|
---|
1066 | those addresses only apply to the address of the card at the
|
---|
1067 | moment of attachment on the host, and during BIOS PCI init on the
|
---|
1068 | guest.
|
---|
1069 | </para>
|
---|
1070 |
|
---|
1071 | <para>
|
---|
1072 | If the virtual machine has a PCI device attached, certain
|
---|
1073 | limitations apply:
|
---|
1074 | </para>
|
---|
1075 |
|
---|
1076 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1077 |
|
---|
1078 | <listitem>
|
---|
1079 | <para>
|
---|
1080 | Only PCI cards with non-shared interrupts, such as those using
|
---|
1081 | MSI on the host, are supported at the moment.
|
---|
1082 | </para>
|
---|
1083 | </listitem>
|
---|
1084 |
|
---|
1085 | <listitem>
|
---|
1086 | <para>
|
---|
1087 | No guest state can be reliably saved or restored. The internal
|
---|
1088 | state of the PCI card cannot be retrieved.
|
---|
1089 | </para>
|
---|
1090 | </listitem>
|
---|
1091 |
|
---|
1092 | <listitem>
|
---|
1093 | <para>
|
---|
1094 | Teleportation, also called live migration, does not work. The
|
---|
1095 | internal state of the PCI card cannot be retrieved.
|
---|
1096 | </para>
|
---|
1097 | </listitem>
|
---|
1098 |
|
---|
1099 | <listitem>
|
---|
1100 | <para>
|
---|
1101 | No lazy physical memory allocation. The host will preallocate
|
---|
1102 | the whole RAM required for the VM on startup, as we cannot
|
---|
1103 | catch physical hardware accesses to the physical memory.
|
---|
1104 | </para>
|
---|
1105 | </listitem>
|
---|
1106 |
|
---|
1107 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1108 |
|
---|
1109 | </sect1>
|
---|
1110 |
|
---|
1111 | <sect1 id="webcam-passthrough">
|
---|
1112 |
|
---|
1113 | <title>Webcam Passthrough</title>
|
---|
1114 |
|
---|
1115 | <sect2 id="webcam-using-guest">
|
---|
1116 |
|
---|
1117 | <title>Using a Host Webcam in the Guest</title>
|
---|
1118 |
|
---|
1119 | <para>
|
---|
1120 | &product-name; 4.3 includes an experimental feature which
|
---|
1121 | enables a guest to use a host webcam. This complements the
|
---|
1122 | general USB passthrough support which was the typical way of
|
---|
1123 | using host webcams in earlier versions. The webcam passthrough
|
---|
1124 | support can handle non-USB video sources in theory, but this is
|
---|
1125 | completely untested.
|
---|
1126 | </para>
|
---|
1127 |
|
---|
1128 | <note>
|
---|
1129 | <para>
|
---|
1130 | The webcam passthrough module is shipped as part of the
|
---|
1131 | &product-name; extension pack, which must be installed
|
---|
1132 | separately. See <xref
|
---|
1133 | linkend="intro-installing" />.
|
---|
1134 | </para>
|
---|
1135 | </note>
|
---|
1136 |
|
---|
1137 | <para>
|
---|
1138 | The host webcam can be attached to the VM using the
|
---|
1139 | <emphasis role="bold">Devices</emphasis> menu in the VM menu
|
---|
1140 | bar. The <emphasis role="bold">Webcams</emphasis> menu contains
|
---|
1141 | a list of available video input devices on the host. Clicking on
|
---|
1142 | a webcam name attaches or detaches the corresponding host
|
---|
1143 | device.
|
---|
1144 | </para>
|
---|
1145 |
|
---|
1146 | <para>
|
---|
1147 | The <command>VBoxManage</command> command line tool can be used
|
---|
1148 | to enable webcam passthrough. Please see the host-specific
|
---|
1149 | sections below for additional details. The following commands
|
---|
1150 | are available:
|
---|
1151 | </para>
|
---|
1152 |
|
---|
1153 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1154 |
|
---|
1155 | <listitem>
|
---|
1156 | <para>
|
---|
1157 | Get a list of host webcams, or other video input devices:
|
---|
1158 | </para>
|
---|
1159 |
|
---|
1160 | <screen>VBoxManage list webcams</screen>
|
---|
1161 |
|
---|
1162 | <para>
|
---|
1163 | The output format is as follows:
|
---|
1164 | </para>
|
---|
1165 |
|
---|
1166 | <screen>alias "user friendly name"
|
---|
1167 | host path or identifier</screen>
|
---|
1168 |
|
---|
1169 | <para>
|
---|
1170 | The alias can be used as a shortcut in other commands. Alias
|
---|
1171 | '.0' means the default video input device on the host. Alias
|
---|
1172 | '.1', '.2'means first, second video input device, and so on.
|
---|
1173 | The device order is host-specific.
|
---|
1174 | </para>
|
---|
1175 | </listitem>
|
---|
1176 |
|
---|
1177 | <listitem>
|
---|
1178 | <para>
|
---|
1179 | Attach a webcam to a running VM, as follows:
|
---|
1180 | </para>
|
---|
1181 |
|
---|
1182 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" webcam attach [host_path|alias [settings]]</screen>
|
---|
1183 |
|
---|
1184 | <para>
|
---|
1185 | This attaches a USB webcam device to the guest.
|
---|
1186 | </para>
|
---|
1187 |
|
---|
1188 | <para>
|
---|
1189 | The <computeroutput>settings</computeroutput> parameter is a
|
---|
1190 | string
|
---|
1191 | <computeroutput>Setting1=Value1;Setting2=Value2</computeroutput>,
|
---|
1192 | which enables you to configure the emulated webcam device.
|
---|
1193 | The following settings are supported:
|
---|
1194 | </para>
|
---|
1195 |
|
---|
1196 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1197 |
|
---|
1198 | <listitem>
|
---|
1199 | <para>
|
---|
1200 | <computeroutput>MaxFramerate</computeroutput>: The
|
---|
1201 | highest rate at which video frames are sent to the
|
---|
1202 | guest. A higher frame rate requires more CPU power.
|
---|
1203 | Therefore sometimes it is useful to set a lower limit.
|
---|
1204 | Default is no limit and allow the guest to use all frame
|
---|
1205 | rates supported by the host webcam.
|
---|
1206 | </para>
|
---|
1207 | </listitem>
|
---|
1208 |
|
---|
1209 | <listitem>
|
---|
1210 | <para>
|
---|
1211 | <computeroutput>MaxPayloadTransferSize</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1212 | How many bytes the emulated webcam can send to the guest
|
---|
1213 | at a time. Default value is 3060 bytes, which is used by
|
---|
1214 | some webcams. Higher values can slightly reduce CPU
|
---|
1215 | load, if the guest is able to use larger buffers.
|
---|
1216 | However, a high
|
---|
1217 | <computeroutput>MaxPayloadTransferSize</computeroutput>
|
---|
1218 | might be not supported by some guests.
|
---|
1219 | </para>
|
---|
1220 | </listitem>
|
---|
1221 |
|
---|
1222 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1223 | </listitem>
|
---|
1224 |
|
---|
1225 | <listitem>
|
---|
1226 | <para>
|
---|
1227 | Detach a webcam from a running VM, as follows:
|
---|
1228 | </para>
|
---|
1229 |
|
---|
1230 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" webcam detach [host_path|alias]</screen>
|
---|
1231 | </listitem>
|
---|
1232 |
|
---|
1233 | <listitem>
|
---|
1234 | <para>
|
---|
1235 | List the webcams attached to a running VM, as follows:
|
---|
1236 | </para>
|
---|
1237 |
|
---|
1238 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" webcam list</screen>
|
---|
1239 |
|
---|
1240 | <para>
|
---|
1241 | The output contains the path or alias which was used in the
|
---|
1242 | <command>webcam attach</command> command for each attached
|
---|
1243 | webcam.
|
---|
1244 | </para>
|
---|
1245 | </listitem>
|
---|
1246 |
|
---|
1247 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1248 |
|
---|
1249 | </sect2>
|
---|
1250 |
|
---|
1251 | <sect2 id="webcam-win-hosts">
|
---|
1252 |
|
---|
1253 | <title>Windows Hosts</title>
|
---|
1254 |
|
---|
1255 | <para>
|
---|
1256 | When the webcam device is detached from the host, the emulated
|
---|
1257 | webcam device is automatically detached from the guest.
|
---|
1258 | </para>
|
---|
1259 |
|
---|
1260 | </sect2>
|
---|
1261 |
|
---|
1262 | <sect2 id="webcam-mac-hosts">
|
---|
1263 |
|
---|
1264 | <title>Mac OS X Hosts</title>
|
---|
1265 |
|
---|
1266 | <para>
|
---|
1267 | OS X version 10.9 or later is required.
|
---|
1268 | </para>
|
---|
1269 |
|
---|
1270 | <para>
|
---|
1271 | When the webcam device is detached from the host, the emulated
|
---|
1272 | webcam device remains attached to the guest and must be manually
|
---|
1273 | detached using the <computeroutput>VBoxManage controlvm "VM
|
---|
1274 | name" webcam detach</computeroutput> command.
|
---|
1275 | </para>
|
---|
1276 |
|
---|
1277 | </sect2>
|
---|
1278 |
|
---|
1279 | <sect2 id="webcam-linux-hosts">
|
---|
1280 |
|
---|
1281 | <title>Linux and Oracle Solaris Hosts</title>
|
---|
1282 |
|
---|
1283 | <para>
|
---|
1284 | When the webcam is detached from the host the emulated webcam
|
---|
1285 | device is automatically detached from the guest only if the
|
---|
1286 | webcam is streaming video. If the emulated webcam is inactive it
|
---|
1287 | should be manually detached using the <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
1288 | controlvm "VM name" webcam detach</computeroutput> command.
|
---|
1289 | </para>
|
---|
1290 |
|
---|
1291 | <para>
|
---|
1292 | Aliases <computeroutput>.0</computeroutput> and
|
---|
1293 | <computeroutput>.1</computeroutput> are mapped to
|
---|
1294 | <computeroutput>/dev/video0</computeroutput>, alias
|
---|
1295 | <computeroutput>.2</computeroutput> is mapped to
|
---|
1296 | <computeroutput>/dev/video1</computeroutput> and so forth.
|
---|
1297 | </para>
|
---|
1298 |
|
---|
1299 | </sect2>
|
---|
1300 |
|
---|
1301 | </sect1>
|
---|
1302 |
|
---|
1303 | <sect1 id="adv-display-config">
|
---|
1304 |
|
---|
1305 | <title>Advanced Display Configuration</title>
|
---|
1306 |
|
---|
1307 | <sect2 id="customvesa">
|
---|
1308 |
|
---|
1309 | <title>Custom VESA Resolutions</title>
|
---|
1310 |
|
---|
1311 | <para>
|
---|
1312 | Apart from the standard VESA resolutions, the &product-name;
|
---|
1313 | VESA BIOS enables you to add up to 16 custom video modes which
|
---|
1314 | will be reported to the guest operating system. When using
|
---|
1315 | Windows guests with the &product-name; Guest Additions, a custom
|
---|
1316 | graphics driver will be used instead of the fallback VESA
|
---|
1317 | solution so this information does not apply.
|
---|
1318 | </para>
|
---|
1319 |
|
---|
1320 | <para>
|
---|
1321 | Additional video modes can be configured for each VM using the
|
---|
1322 | extra data facility. The extra data key is called
|
---|
1323 | <computeroutput>CustomVideoMode<x></computeroutput> with
|
---|
1324 | <computeroutput>x</computeroutput> being a number from 1 to 16.
|
---|
1325 | Please note that modes will be read from 1 until either the
|
---|
1326 | following number is not defined or 16 is reached. The following
|
---|
1327 | example adds a video mode that corresponds to the native display
|
---|
1328 | resolution of many notebook computers:
|
---|
1329 | </para>
|
---|
1330 |
|
---|
1331 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "CustomVideoMode1" "1400x1050x16"</screen>
|
---|
1332 |
|
---|
1333 | <para>
|
---|
1334 | The VESA mode IDs for custom video modes start at
|
---|
1335 | <computeroutput>0x160</computeroutput>. In order to use the
|
---|
1336 | above defined custom video mode, the following command line has
|
---|
1337 | to be supplied to Linux:
|
---|
1338 | </para>
|
---|
1339 |
|
---|
1340 | <screen>vga = 0x200 | 0x160
|
---|
1341 | vga = 864</screen>
|
---|
1342 |
|
---|
1343 | <para>
|
---|
1344 | For guest operating systems with &product-name; Guest Additions,
|
---|
1345 | a custom video mode can be set using the video mode hint
|
---|
1346 | feature.
|
---|
1347 | </para>
|
---|
1348 |
|
---|
1349 | </sect2>
|
---|
1350 |
|
---|
1351 | <sect2 id="max-resolution-guests">
|
---|
1352 |
|
---|
1353 | <title>Configuring the Maximum Resolution of Guests When Using the Graphical
|
---|
1354 | Frontend</title>
|
---|
1355 |
|
---|
1356 | <para>
|
---|
1357 | When guest systems with the Guest Additions installed are
|
---|
1358 | started using the graphical frontend, the normal &product-name;
|
---|
1359 | application, they will not be allowed to use screen resolutions
|
---|
1360 | greater than the host's screen size unless the user manually
|
---|
1361 | resizes them by dragging the window, switching to full screen or
|
---|
1362 | seamless mode or sending a video mode hint using
|
---|
1363 | <command>VBoxManage</command>. This behavior is what most users
|
---|
1364 | will want, but if you have different needs, it is possible to
|
---|
1365 | change it by issuing one of the following commands from the
|
---|
1366 | command line:
|
---|
1367 | </para>
|
---|
1368 |
|
---|
1369 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/MaxGuestResolution any</screen>
|
---|
1370 |
|
---|
1371 | <para>
|
---|
1372 | will remove all limits on guest resolutions.
|
---|
1373 | </para>
|
---|
1374 |
|
---|
1375 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/MaxGuestResolution >width,height<</screen>
|
---|
1376 |
|
---|
1377 | <para>
|
---|
1378 | manually specifies a maximum resolution.
|
---|
1379 | </para>
|
---|
1380 |
|
---|
1381 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/MaxGuestResolution auto</screen>
|
---|
1382 |
|
---|
1383 | <para>
|
---|
1384 | restores the default settings. Note that these settings apply
|
---|
1385 | globally to all guest systems, not just to a single machine.
|
---|
1386 | </para>
|
---|
1387 |
|
---|
1388 | </sect2>
|
---|
1389 |
|
---|
1390 | </sect1>
|
---|
1391 |
|
---|
1392 | <sect1 id="adv-storage-config">
|
---|
1393 |
|
---|
1394 | <title>Advanced Storage Configuration</title>
|
---|
1395 |
|
---|
1396 | <sect2 id="rawdisk">
|
---|
1397 |
|
---|
1398 | <title>Using a Raw Host Hard Disk From a Guest</title>
|
---|
1399 |
|
---|
1400 | <para>
|
---|
1401 | As an alternative to using virtual disk images as described in
|
---|
1402 | <xref linkend="storage" />, &product-name; can also present
|
---|
1403 | either entire physical hard disks or selected partitions as
|
---|
1404 | virtual disks to virtual machines.
|
---|
1405 | </para>
|
---|
1406 |
|
---|
1407 | <para>
|
---|
1408 | With &product-name;, this type of access is called <emphasis>raw
|
---|
1409 | hard disk access</emphasis>. It enables a guest operating system
|
---|
1410 | to access its virtual hard disk without going through the host
|
---|
1411 | OS file system. The actual performance difference for image
|
---|
1412 | files vs. raw disk varies greatly depending on the overhead of
|
---|
1413 | the host file system, whether dynamically growing images are
|
---|
1414 | used, and on host OS caching strategies. The caching indirectly
|
---|
1415 | also affects other aspects such as failure behavior. For
|
---|
1416 | example, whether the virtual disk contains all data written
|
---|
1417 | before a host OS crash. Consult your host OS documentation for
|
---|
1418 | details on this.
|
---|
1419 | </para>
|
---|
1420 |
|
---|
1421 | <warning>
|
---|
1422 | <para>
|
---|
1423 | Raw hard disk access is for expert users only. Incorrect use
|
---|
1424 | or use of an outdated configuration can lead to
|
---|
1425 | <emphasis role="bold">total loss of data</emphasis> on the
|
---|
1426 | physical disk. Most importantly, <emphasis>do not</emphasis>
|
---|
1427 | attempt to boot the partition with the currently running host
|
---|
1428 | operating system in a guest. This will lead to severe data
|
---|
1429 | corruption.
|
---|
1430 | </para>
|
---|
1431 | </warning>
|
---|
1432 |
|
---|
1433 | <para>
|
---|
1434 | Raw hard disk access, both for entire disks and individual
|
---|
1435 | partitions, is implemented as part of the VMDK image format
|
---|
1436 | support. As a result, you will need to create a special VMDK
|
---|
1437 | image file which defines where the data will be stored. After
|
---|
1438 | creating such a special VMDK image, you can use it like a
|
---|
1439 | regular virtual disk image. For example, you can use the
|
---|
1440 | VirtualBox Manager, see <xref linkend="vdis" />, or
|
---|
1441 | <command>VBoxManage</command> to assign the image to a virtual
|
---|
1442 | machine.
|
---|
1443 | </para>
|
---|
1444 |
|
---|
1445 | <sect3 id="rawdisk-access-entire-physical-disk">
|
---|
1446 |
|
---|
1447 | <title>Access to Entire Physical Hard Disk</title>
|
---|
1448 |
|
---|
1449 | <para>
|
---|
1450 | While this variant is the simplest to set up, you must be
|
---|
1451 | aware that this will give a guest operating system direct and
|
---|
1452 | full access to an <emphasis>entire physical disk</emphasis>.
|
---|
1453 | If your <emphasis>host</emphasis> operating system is also
|
---|
1454 | booted from this disk, please take special care to not access
|
---|
1455 | the partition from the guest at all. On the positive side, the
|
---|
1456 | physical disk can be repartitioned in arbitrary ways without
|
---|
1457 | having to recreate the image file that gives access to the raw
|
---|
1458 | disk.
|
---|
1459 | </para>
|
---|
1460 |
|
---|
1461 | <para>
|
---|
1462 | On a Linux host, to create an image that represents an entire
|
---|
1463 | physical hard disk which will not contain any actual data, as
|
---|
1464 | this will all be stored on the physical disk, use the
|
---|
1465 | following command:
|
---|
1466 | </para>
|
---|
1467 |
|
---|
1468 | <screen>VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk -filename /path/to/file.vmdk
|
---|
1469 | -rawdisk /dev/sda</screen>
|
---|
1470 |
|
---|
1471 | <para>
|
---|
1472 | This creates the image
|
---|
1473 | <computeroutput>/path/to/file.vmdk</computeroutput>, which
|
---|
1474 | must be an absolute path. All data will be read and written
|
---|
1475 | from <computeroutput>/dev/sda</computeroutput>.
|
---|
1476 | </para>
|
---|
1477 |
|
---|
1478 | <para>
|
---|
1479 | On a Windows host, instead of the above device specification,
|
---|
1480 | for example use
|
---|
1481 | <computeroutput>\\.\PhysicalDrive0</computeroutput>. On a Mac
|
---|
1482 | OS X host, instead of the above device specification use for
|
---|
1483 | example <computeroutput>/dev/disk1</computeroutput>. Note that
|
---|
1484 | on OS X you can only get access to an entire disk if no volume
|
---|
1485 | is mounted from it.
|
---|
1486 | </para>
|
---|
1487 |
|
---|
1488 | <para>
|
---|
1489 | Creating the image requires read/write access for the given
|
---|
1490 | device. Read/write access is also later needed when using the
|
---|
1491 | image from a virtual machine. On some host platforms, such as
|
---|
1492 | Windows Vista and later, raw disk access may be restricted and
|
---|
1493 | not permitted by the host OS in some situations.
|
---|
1494 | </para>
|
---|
1495 |
|
---|
1496 | <para>
|
---|
1497 | Just like with regular disk images, this does not
|
---|
1498 | automatically attach the newly created image to a virtual
|
---|
1499 | machine. This can be done as follows:
|
---|
1500 | </para>
|
---|
1501 |
|
---|
1502 | <screen>VBoxManage storageattach WindowsXP --storagectl "IDE Controller"
|
---|
1503 | --port 0 --device 0 --type hdd --medium /path/to/file.vmdk</screen>
|
---|
1504 |
|
---|
1505 | <para>
|
---|
1506 | When this is done the selected virtual machine will boot from
|
---|
1507 | the specified physical disk.
|
---|
1508 | </para>
|
---|
1509 |
|
---|
1510 | </sect3>
|
---|
1511 |
|
---|
1512 | <sect3 id="rawdisk-access-disk-partitions">
|
---|
1513 |
|
---|
1514 | <title>Access to Individual Physical Hard Disk Partitions</title>
|
---|
1515 |
|
---|
1516 | <para>
|
---|
1517 | This <emphasis>raw partition support</emphasis> is quite
|
---|
1518 | similar to the full hard disk access described above. However,
|
---|
1519 | in this case, any partitioning information will be stored
|
---|
1520 | inside the VMDK image. This means that you can install a
|
---|
1521 | different boot loader in the virtual hard disk without
|
---|
1522 | affecting the host's partitioning information. While the guest
|
---|
1523 | will be able to <emphasis>see</emphasis> all partitions that
|
---|
1524 | exist on the physical disk, access will be filtered in that
|
---|
1525 | reading from partitions for which no access is allowed the
|
---|
1526 | partitions will only yield zeroes, and all writes to them are
|
---|
1527 | ignored.
|
---|
1528 | </para>
|
---|
1529 |
|
---|
1530 | <para>
|
---|
1531 | To create a special image for raw partition support, which
|
---|
1532 | will contain a small amount of data, on a Linux host, use the
|
---|
1533 | command:
|
---|
1534 | </para>
|
---|
1535 |
|
---|
1536 | <screen>VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk -filename /path/to/file.vmdk
|
---|
1537 | -rawdisk /dev/sda -partitions 1,5</screen>
|
---|
1538 |
|
---|
1539 | <para>
|
---|
1540 | The command is identical to the one for full hard disk access,
|
---|
1541 | except for the additional
|
---|
1542 | <computeroutput>-partitions</computeroutput> parameter. This
|
---|
1543 | example would create the image
|
---|
1544 | <computeroutput>/path/to/file.vmdk</computeroutput>, which
|
---|
1545 | must be absolute, and partitions 1 and 5 of
|
---|
1546 | <computeroutput>/dev/sda</computeroutput> would be made
|
---|
1547 | accessible to the guest.
|
---|
1548 | </para>
|
---|
1549 |
|
---|
1550 | <para>
|
---|
1551 | &product-name; uses the same partition numbering as your Linux
|
---|
1552 | host. As a result, the numbers given in the above example
|
---|
1553 | would refer to the first primary partition and the first
|
---|
1554 | logical drive in the extended partition, respectively.
|
---|
1555 | </para>
|
---|
1556 |
|
---|
1557 | <para>
|
---|
1558 | On a Windows host, instead of the above device specification,
|
---|
1559 | use for example
|
---|
1560 | <computeroutput>\\.\PhysicalDrive0</computeroutput>. On a Mac
|
---|
1561 | OS X host, instead of the above device specification use
|
---|
1562 | <computeroutput>/dev/disk1</computeroutput>, for example. Note
|
---|
1563 | that on OS X you can only use partitions which are not
|
---|
1564 | mounted. Eject the respective volume first. Partition numbers
|
---|
1565 | are the same on Linux, Windows, and Mac OS X hosts.
|
---|
1566 | </para>
|
---|
1567 |
|
---|
1568 | <para>
|
---|
1569 | The numbers for the list of partitions can be taken from the
|
---|
1570 | output of the following command:
|
---|
1571 | </para>
|
---|
1572 |
|
---|
1573 | <screen>VBoxManage internalcommands listpartitions -rawdisk /dev/sda</screen>
|
---|
1574 |
|
---|
1575 | <para>
|
---|
1576 | The output lists the partition types and sizes to give the
|
---|
1577 | user enough information to identify the partitions necessary
|
---|
1578 | for the guest.
|
---|
1579 | </para>
|
---|
1580 |
|
---|
1581 | <para>
|
---|
1582 | Images which give access to individual partitions are specific
|
---|
1583 | to a particular host disk setup. You cannot transfer these
|
---|
1584 | images to another host. Also, whenever the host partitioning
|
---|
1585 | changes, the image <emphasis>must be recreated</emphasis>.
|
---|
1586 | </para>
|
---|
1587 |
|
---|
1588 | <para>
|
---|
1589 | Creating the image requires read/write access for the given
|
---|
1590 | device. Read/write access is also later needed when using the
|
---|
1591 | image from a virtual machine. If this is not feasible, there
|
---|
1592 | is a special variant for raw partition access, currently only
|
---|
1593 | available on Linux hosts, that avoids having to give the
|
---|
1594 | current user access to the entire disk. To set up such an
|
---|
1595 | image, use:
|
---|
1596 | </para>
|
---|
1597 |
|
---|
1598 | <screen>VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk -filename /path/to/file.vmdk
|
---|
1599 | -rawdisk /dev/sda -partitions 1,5 -relative</screen>
|
---|
1600 |
|
---|
1601 | <para>
|
---|
1602 | When used from a virtual machine, the image will then refer
|
---|
1603 | not to the entire disk, but only to the individual partitions.
|
---|
1604 | In this example, <computeroutput>/dev/sda1</computeroutput>
|
---|
1605 | and <computeroutput>/dev/sda5</computeroutput>. As a
|
---|
1606 | consequence, read/write access is only required for the
|
---|
1607 | affected partitions, not for the entire disk. During creation
|
---|
1608 | however, read-only access to the entire disk is required to
|
---|
1609 | obtain the partitioning information.
|
---|
1610 | </para>
|
---|
1611 |
|
---|
1612 | <para>
|
---|
1613 | In some configurations it may be necessary to change the MBR
|
---|
1614 | code of the created image. For example, to replace the Linux
|
---|
1615 | boot loader that is used on the host by another boot loader.
|
---|
1616 | This enables for example the guest to boot directly to
|
---|
1617 | Windows, while the host boots Linux from the "same" disk. For
|
---|
1618 | this purpose the <computeroutput>-mbr</computeroutput>
|
---|
1619 | parameter is provided. It specifies a file name from which to
|
---|
1620 | take the MBR code. The partition table is not modified at all,
|
---|
1621 | so a MBR file from a system with totally different
|
---|
1622 | partitioning can be used. An example of this is:
|
---|
1623 | </para>
|
---|
1624 |
|
---|
1625 | <screen>VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk -filename /path/to/file.vmdk
|
---|
1626 | -rawdisk /dev/sda -partitions 1,5 -mbr winxp.mbr</screen>
|
---|
1627 |
|
---|
1628 | <para>
|
---|
1629 | The modified MBR will be stored inside the image, not on the
|
---|
1630 | host disk.
|
---|
1631 | </para>
|
---|
1632 |
|
---|
1633 | <para>
|
---|
1634 | The created image can be attached to a storage controller in a
|
---|
1635 | VM configuration as usual.
|
---|
1636 | </para>
|
---|
1637 |
|
---|
1638 | </sect3>
|
---|
1639 |
|
---|
1640 | </sect2>
|
---|
1641 |
|
---|
1642 | <sect2 id="changevpd">
|
---|
1643 |
|
---|
1644 | <title>Configuring the Hard Disk Vendor Product Data (VPD)</title>
|
---|
1645 |
|
---|
1646 | <para>
|
---|
1647 | &product-name; reports vendor product data for its virtual hard
|
---|
1648 | disks which consist of hard disk serial number, firmware
|
---|
1649 | revision and model number. These can be changed using the
|
---|
1650 | following commands:
|
---|
1651 | </para>
|
---|
1652 |
|
---|
1653 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1654 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/SerialNumber" "serial"
|
---|
1655 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1656 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/FirmwareRevision" "firmware"
|
---|
1657 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1658 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/ModelNumber" "model"</screen>
|
---|
1659 |
|
---|
1660 | <para>
|
---|
1661 | The serial number is a 20 byte alphanumeric string, the firmware
|
---|
1662 | revision an 8 byte alphanumeric string and the model number a 40
|
---|
1663 | byte alphanumeric string. Instead of Port0, referring to the
|
---|
1664 | first port, specify the desired SATA hard disk port.
|
---|
1665 | </para>
|
---|
1666 |
|
---|
1667 | <para>
|
---|
1668 | The above commands apply to virtual machines with an AHCI (SATA)
|
---|
1669 | controller. The commands for virtual machines with an IDE
|
---|
1670 | controller are:
|
---|
1671 | </para>
|
---|
1672 |
|
---|
1673 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1674 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/piix3ide/0/Config/PrimaryMaster/SerialNumber" "serial"
|
---|
1675 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1676 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/piix3ide/0/Config/PrimaryMaster/FirmwareRevision" "firmware"
|
---|
1677 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1678 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/piix3ide/0/Config/PrimaryMaster/ModelNumber" "model"</screen>
|
---|
1679 |
|
---|
1680 | <para>
|
---|
1681 | For hard disks it is also possible to mark the drive as having a
|
---|
1682 | non-rotational medium with:
|
---|
1683 | </para>
|
---|
1684 |
|
---|
1685 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1686 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/NonRotational" "1"</screen>
|
---|
1687 |
|
---|
1688 | <para>
|
---|
1689 | Additional three parameters are needed for CD/DVD drives to
|
---|
1690 | report the vendor product data:
|
---|
1691 | </para>
|
---|
1692 |
|
---|
1693 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1694 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/ATAPIVendorId" "vendor"
|
---|
1695 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1696 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/ATAPIProductId" "product"
|
---|
1697 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1698 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/ATAPIRevision" "revision"</screen>
|
---|
1699 |
|
---|
1700 | <para>
|
---|
1701 | The vendor id is an 8 byte alphanumeric string, the product id
|
---|
1702 | an 16 byte alphanumeric string and the revision a 4 byte
|
---|
1703 | alphanumeric string. Instead of Port0, referring to the first
|
---|
1704 | port, specify the desired SATA hard disk port.
|
---|
1705 | </para>
|
---|
1706 |
|
---|
1707 | </sect2>
|
---|
1708 |
|
---|
1709 | <sect2 id="iscsi-intnet">
|
---|
1710 |
|
---|
1711 | <title>Access iSCSI Targets Using Internal Networking</title>
|
---|
1712 |
|
---|
1713 | <para>
|
---|
1714 | As an experimental feature, &product-name; enables access to an
|
---|
1715 | iSCSI target running in a virtual machine which is configured to
|
---|
1716 | use Internal Networking mode. See
|
---|
1717 | <xref linkend="storage-iscsi" />,
|
---|
1718 | <xref linkend="network_internal" />, and
|
---|
1719 | <xref
|
---|
1720 | linkend="vboxmanage-storageattach" />.
|
---|
1721 | </para>
|
---|
1722 |
|
---|
1723 | <para>
|
---|
1724 | The IP stack accessing Internal Networking must be configured in
|
---|
1725 | the virtual machine which accesses the iSCSI target. A free
|
---|
1726 | static IP and a MAC address not used by other virtual machines
|
---|
1727 | must be chosen. In the example below, adapt the name of the
|
---|
1728 | virtual machine, the MAC address, the IP configuration, and the
|
---|
1729 | Internal Networking name (MyIntNet) according to your needs. The
|
---|
1730 | following eight commands must first be issued:
|
---|
1731 | </para>
|
---|
1732 |
|
---|
1733 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/Trusted 1
|
---|
1734 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/Config/MAC 08:00:27:01:02:0f
|
---|
1735 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/Config/IP 10.0.9.1
|
---|
1736 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/Config/Netmask 255.255.255.0
|
---|
1737 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/LUN#0/Driver IntNet
|
---|
1738 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/LUN#0/Config/Network MyIntNet
|
---|
1739 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/LUN#0/Config/TrunkType 2
|
---|
1740 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/LUN#0/Config/IsService 1</screen>
|
---|
1741 |
|
---|
1742 | <para>
|
---|
1743 | Finally the iSCSI disk must be attached with the
|
---|
1744 | <computeroutput>--intnet</computeroutput> option to tell the
|
---|
1745 | iSCSI initiator to use internal networking, as follows:
|
---|
1746 | </para>
|
---|
1747 |
|
---|
1748 | <screen>VBoxManage storageattach ... --medium iscsi
|
---|
1749 | --server 10.0.9.30 --target iqn.2008-12.com.sun:sampletarget --intnet</screen>
|
---|
1750 |
|
---|
1751 | <para>
|
---|
1752 | Compared to a regular iSCSI setup, the IP address of the target
|
---|
1753 | <emphasis>must</emphasis> be specified as a numeric IP address,
|
---|
1754 | as there is no DNS resolver for internal networking.
|
---|
1755 | </para>
|
---|
1756 |
|
---|
1757 | <para>
|
---|
1758 | The virtual machine with the iSCSI target should be started
|
---|
1759 | before the VM using it is powered on. If a virtual machine using
|
---|
1760 | an iSCSI disk is started without having the iSCSI target powered
|
---|
1761 | up, it can take up to 200 seconds to detect this situation. The
|
---|
1762 | VM will fail to power up.
|
---|
1763 | </para>
|
---|
1764 |
|
---|
1765 | </sect2>
|
---|
1766 |
|
---|
1767 | </sect1>
|
---|
1768 |
|
---|
1769 | <sect1 id="serialports-legacy-cmds">
|
---|
1770 |
|
---|
1771 | <title>Legacy Commands for Using Serial Ports</title>
|
---|
1772 |
|
---|
1773 | <para>
|
---|
1774 | In legacy releases, &product-name; provided support for virtual
|
---|
1775 | serial ports. This was rather complicated to set up, requiring a
|
---|
1776 | sequence of <command>VBoxManage setextradata</command> statements.
|
---|
1777 | That method of setting up serial ports is no longer necessary and
|
---|
1778 | <emphasis>deprecated.</emphasis> To set up virtual serial ports,
|
---|
1779 | use the methods described in <xref linkend="serialports" />.
|
---|
1780 | </para>
|
---|
1781 |
|
---|
1782 | <note>
|
---|
1783 | <para>
|
---|
1784 | For backwards compatibility, the legacy
|
---|
1785 | <computeroutput>setextradata</computeroutput> statements, whose
|
---|
1786 | description is retained below from the old version of the
|
---|
1787 | manual, take <emphasis>precedence</emphasis> over the new way of
|
---|
1788 | configuring serial ports. As a result, if configuring serial
|
---|
1789 | ports the new way does not work, make sure the VM in question
|
---|
1790 | does not have old configuration data such as below still active.
|
---|
1791 | </para>
|
---|
1792 | </note>
|
---|
1793 |
|
---|
1794 | <para>
|
---|
1795 | The legacy sequence of configuring a serial port used the
|
---|
1796 | following commands:
|
---|
1797 | </para>
|
---|
1798 |
|
---|
1799 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1800 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/Config/IRQ" 4
|
---|
1801 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1802 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/Config/IOBase" 0x3f8
|
---|
1803 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1804 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/LUN#0/Driver" Char
|
---|
1805 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1806 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Driver" NamedPipe
|
---|
1807 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1808 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/Location" "\\.\pipe\vboxCOM1"
|
---|
1809 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1810 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/IsServer" 1</screen>
|
---|
1811 |
|
---|
1812 | <para>
|
---|
1813 | This sets up a serial port in the guest with the default settings
|
---|
1814 | for COM1 (IRQ 4, I/O address 0x3f8) and the
|
---|
1815 | <computeroutput>Location</computeroutput> setting assumes that
|
---|
1816 | this configuration is used on a Windows host, because the Windows
|
---|
1817 | named pipe syntax is used. Keep in mind that on Windows hosts a
|
---|
1818 | named pipe must always start with
|
---|
1819 | <computeroutput>\\.\pipe\</computeroutput>. On Linux the same
|
---|
1820 | configuration settings apply, except that the path name for the
|
---|
1821 | <computeroutput>Location</computeroutput> can be chosen more
|
---|
1822 | freely. Local domain sockets can be placed anywhere, provided the
|
---|
1823 | user running &product-name; has the permission to create a new
|
---|
1824 | file in the directory. The final command above defines that
|
---|
1825 | &product-name; acts as a server. It creates the named pipe itself
|
---|
1826 | instead of connecting to an already existing one.
|
---|
1827 | </para>
|
---|
1828 |
|
---|
1829 | </sect1>
|
---|
1830 |
|
---|
1831 | <sect1 id="changenat">
|
---|
1832 |
|
---|
1833 | <title>Fine Tuning the &product-name; NAT Engine</title>
|
---|
1834 |
|
---|
1835 | <sect2 id="nat-address-config">
|
---|
1836 |
|
---|
1837 | <title>Configuring the Address of a NAT Network Interface</title>
|
---|
1838 |
|
---|
1839 | <para>
|
---|
1840 | In NAT mode, the guest network interface is assigned to the IPv4
|
---|
1841 | range <computeroutput>10.0.x.0/24</computeroutput> by default
|
---|
1842 | where <computeroutput>x</computeroutput> corresponds to the
|
---|
1843 | instance of the NAT interface +2. So
|
---|
1844 | <computeroutput>x</computeroutput> is 2 when there is only one
|
---|
1845 | NAT instance active. In that case the guest is assigned to the
|
---|
1846 | address <computeroutput>10.0.2.15</computeroutput>, the gateway
|
---|
1847 | is set to <computeroutput>10.0.2.2</computeroutput> and the name
|
---|
1848 | server can be found at
|
---|
1849 | <computeroutput>10.0.2.3</computeroutput>.
|
---|
1850 | </para>
|
---|
1851 |
|
---|
1852 | <para>
|
---|
1853 | If the NAT network needs to be changed, use the following
|
---|
1854 | command:
|
---|
1855 | </para>
|
---|
1856 |
|
---|
1857 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --natnet1 "192.168/16"</screen>
|
---|
1858 |
|
---|
1859 | <para>
|
---|
1860 | This command would reserve the network addresses from
|
---|
1861 | <computeroutput>192.168.0.0</computeroutput> to
|
---|
1862 | <computeroutput>192.168.254.254</computeroutput> for the first
|
---|
1863 | NAT network instance of "VM name". The guest IP would be
|
---|
1864 | assigned to <computeroutput>192.168.0.15</computeroutput> and
|
---|
1865 | the default gateway could be found at
|
---|
1866 | <computeroutput>192.168.0.2</computeroutput>.
|
---|
1867 | </para>
|
---|
1868 |
|
---|
1869 | </sect2>
|
---|
1870 |
|
---|
1871 | <sect2 id="nat-adv-tftp">
|
---|
1872 |
|
---|
1873 | <title>Configuring the Boot Server (Next Server) of a NAT Network Interface</title>
|
---|
1874 |
|
---|
1875 | <para>
|
---|
1876 | For network booting in NAT mode, by default &product-name; uses
|
---|
1877 | a built-in TFTP server at the IP address 10.0.2.4. This default
|
---|
1878 | behavior should work fine for typical remote-booting scenarios.
|
---|
1879 | However, it is possible to change the boot server IP and the
|
---|
1880 | location of the boot image with the following commands:
|
---|
1881 | </para>
|
---|
1882 |
|
---|
1883 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --nattftpserver1 10.0.2.2
|
---|
1884 | VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --nattftpfile1 /srv/tftp/boot/MyPXEBoot.pxe</screen>
|
---|
1885 |
|
---|
1886 | </sect2>
|
---|
1887 |
|
---|
1888 | <sect2 id="nat-adv-settings">
|
---|
1889 |
|
---|
1890 | <title>Tuning TCP/IP Buffers for NAT</title>
|
---|
1891 |
|
---|
1892 | <para>
|
---|
1893 | The &product-name; NAT stack performance is often determined by
|
---|
1894 | its interaction with the host's TCP/IP stack and the size of
|
---|
1895 | several buffers, <computeroutput>SO_RCVBUF</computeroutput> and
|
---|
1896 | <computeroutput>SO_SNDBUF</computeroutput>. For certain setups
|
---|
1897 | users might want to adjust the buffer size for a better
|
---|
1898 | performance. This can by achieved using the following commands,
|
---|
1899 | where values are in kilobytes and can range from 8 to 1024:
|
---|
1900 | </para>
|
---|
1901 |
|
---|
1902 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --natsettings1 16000,128,128,0,0</screen>
|
---|
1903 |
|
---|
1904 | <para>
|
---|
1905 | This example illustrates tuning the NAT settings. The first
|
---|
1906 | parameter is the MTU, then the size of the socket's send buffer
|
---|
1907 | and the size of the socket's receive buffer, the initial size of
|
---|
1908 | the TCP send window, and lastly the initial size of the TCP
|
---|
1909 | receive window. Note that specifying zero means fallback to the
|
---|
1910 | default value.
|
---|
1911 | </para>
|
---|
1912 |
|
---|
1913 | <para>
|
---|
1914 | Each of these buffers has a default size of 64KB and default MTU
|
---|
1915 | is 1500.
|
---|
1916 | </para>
|
---|
1917 |
|
---|
1918 | </sect2>
|
---|
1919 |
|
---|
1920 | <sect2 id="nat-bind-sockets">
|
---|
1921 |
|
---|
1922 | <title>Binding NAT Sockets to a Specific Interface</title>
|
---|
1923 |
|
---|
1924 | <para>
|
---|
1925 | By default, &product-name;'s NAT engine will route TCP/IP
|
---|
1926 | packets through the default interface assigned by the host's
|
---|
1927 | TCP/IP stack. The technical reason for this is that the NAT
|
---|
1928 | engine uses sockets for communication. If you want to change
|
---|
1929 | this behavior, you can tell the NAT engine to bind to a
|
---|
1930 | particular IP address instead. For example, use the following
|
---|
1931 | command:
|
---|
1932 | </para>
|
---|
1933 |
|
---|
1934 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --natbindip1 "10.45.0.2"</screen>
|
---|
1935 |
|
---|
1936 | <para>
|
---|
1937 | After this, all outgoing traffic will be sent through the
|
---|
1938 | interface with the IP address 10.45.0.2. Ensure that this
|
---|
1939 | interface is up and running before changing the NAT bind
|
---|
1940 | address.
|
---|
1941 | </para>
|
---|
1942 |
|
---|
1943 | </sect2>
|
---|
1944 |
|
---|
1945 | <sect2 id="nat-adv-dns">
|
---|
1946 |
|
---|
1947 | <title>Enabling DNS Proxy in NAT Mode</title>
|
---|
1948 |
|
---|
1949 | <para>
|
---|
1950 | The NAT engine by default offers the same DNS servers to the
|
---|
1951 | guest that are configured on the host. In some scenarios, it can
|
---|
1952 | be desirable to hide the DNS server IPs from the guest, for
|
---|
1953 | example when this information can change on the host due to
|
---|
1954 | expiring DHCP leases. In this case, you can tell the NAT engine
|
---|
1955 | to act as DNS proxy using the following command:
|
---|
1956 | </para>
|
---|
1957 |
|
---|
1958 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --natdnsproxy1 on</screen>
|
---|
1959 |
|
---|
1960 | </sect2>
|
---|
1961 |
|
---|
1962 | <sect2 id="nat_host_resolver_proxy">
|
---|
1963 |
|
---|
1964 | <title>Using the Host's Resolver as a DNS Proxy in NAT Mode</title>
|
---|
1965 |
|
---|
1966 | <para>
|
---|
1967 | For resolving network names, the DHCP server of the NAT engine
|
---|
1968 | offers a list of registered DNS servers of the host. If for some
|
---|
1969 | reason you need to hide this DNS server list and use the host's
|
---|
1970 | resolver settings, thereby forcing the &product-name; NAT engine
|
---|
1971 | to intercept DNS requests and forward them to host's resolver,
|
---|
1972 | use the following command:
|
---|
1973 | </para>
|
---|
1974 |
|
---|
1975 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --natdnshostresolver1 on</screen>
|
---|
1976 |
|
---|
1977 | <para>
|
---|
1978 | Note that this setting is similar to the DNS proxy mode, however
|
---|
1979 | whereas the proxy mode just forwards DNS requests to the
|
---|
1980 | appropriate servers, the resolver mode will interpret the DNS
|
---|
1981 | requests and use the host's DNS API to query the information and
|
---|
1982 | return it to the guest.
|
---|
1983 | </para>
|
---|
1984 |
|
---|
1985 | <sect3 id="nat_host_resolver_name_intercepting">
|
---|
1986 |
|
---|
1987 | <title>User-Defined Host Name Resolving</title>
|
---|
1988 |
|
---|
1989 | <para>
|
---|
1990 | In some cases it might be useful to intercept the name
|
---|
1991 | resolving mechanism, providing a user-defined IP address on a
|
---|
1992 | particular DNS request. The intercepting mechanism enables the
|
---|
1993 | user to map not only a single host but domains and even more
|
---|
1994 | complex naming conventions if required.
|
---|
1995 | </para>
|
---|
1996 |
|
---|
1997 | <para>
|
---|
1998 | The following command sets a rule for mapping a name to a
|
---|
1999 | specified IP:
|
---|
2000 | </para>
|
---|
2001 |
|
---|
2002 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2003 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/{pcnet,e1000}/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2004 | <unique rule name of interception rule>/HostIP" <IPv4>
|
---|
2005 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2006 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/{pcnet,e1000}/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2007 | <unique rule name>/HostName" <name of host></screen>
|
---|
2008 |
|
---|
2009 | <para>
|
---|
2010 | The following command sets a rule for mapping a pattern name
|
---|
2011 | to a specified IP:
|
---|
2012 | </para>
|
---|
2013 |
|
---|
2014 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2015 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/{pcnet,e1000}/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2016 | <unique rule name>/HostIP" <IPv4>
|
---|
2017 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2018 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/{pcnet,e1000}/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2019 | <unique rule name>/HostNamePattern" <hostpattern></screen>
|
---|
2020 |
|
---|
2021 | <para>
|
---|
2022 | The host pattern may include <computeroutput>"|", "?" and
|
---|
2023 | "*"</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2024 | </para>
|
---|
2025 |
|
---|
2026 | <para>
|
---|
2027 | This example demonstrates how to instruct the host-resolver
|
---|
2028 | mechanism to resolve all domain and probably some mirrors of
|
---|
2029 | www.blocked-site.info site with IP 127.0.0.1:
|
---|
2030 | </para>
|
---|
2031 |
|
---|
2032 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2033 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/e1000/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2034 | all_blocked_site/HostIP" 127.0.0.1
|
---|
2035 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2036 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/e1000/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2037 | all_blocked_site/HostNamePattern" "*.blocked-site.*|*.fb.org"</screen>
|
---|
2038 |
|
---|
2039 | <para>
|
---|
2040 | The host resolver mechanism should be enabled to use
|
---|
2041 | user-defined mapping rules, otherwise they do not have any
|
---|
2042 | effect.
|
---|
2043 | </para>
|
---|
2044 |
|
---|
2045 | </sect3>
|
---|
2046 |
|
---|
2047 | </sect2>
|
---|
2048 |
|
---|
2049 | <sect2 id="nat-adv-alias">
|
---|
2050 |
|
---|
2051 | <title>Configuring Aliasing of the NAT Engine</title>
|
---|
2052 |
|
---|
2053 | <para>
|
---|
2054 | By default, the NAT core uses aliasing and uses random ports
|
---|
2055 | when generating an alias for a connection. This works well for
|
---|
2056 | the most protocols like SSH, FTP and so on. Though some
|
---|
2057 | protocols might need a more transparent behavior or may depend
|
---|
2058 | on the real port number the packet was sent from. It is possible
|
---|
2059 | to change the NAT mode using the <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
2060 | frontend with the following commands:
|
---|
2061 | </para>
|
---|
2062 |
|
---|
2063 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --nataliasmode1 proxyonly</screen>
|
---|
2064 |
|
---|
2065 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "Linux Guest" --nataliasmode1 sameports</screen>
|
---|
2066 |
|
---|
2067 | <para>
|
---|
2068 | The first example disables aliasing and switches NAT into
|
---|
2069 | transparent mode, the second example enforces preserving of port
|
---|
2070 | values. These modes can be combined if necessary.
|
---|
2071 | </para>
|
---|
2072 |
|
---|
2073 | </sect2>
|
---|
2074 |
|
---|
2075 | </sect1>
|
---|
2076 |
|
---|
2077 | <sect1 id="changedmi">
|
---|
2078 |
|
---|
2079 | <title>Configuring the BIOS DMI Information</title>
|
---|
2080 |
|
---|
2081 | <para>
|
---|
2082 | The DMI data that &product-name; provides to guests can be changed
|
---|
2083 | for a specific VM. Use the following commands to configure the DMI
|
---|
2084 | BIOS information. In case your VM is configured to use EFI
|
---|
2085 | firmware you need to replace
|
---|
2086 | <computeroutput>pcbios</computeroutput> by
|
---|
2087 | <computeroutput>efi</computeroutput> in the keys.
|
---|
2088 | </para>
|
---|
2089 |
|
---|
2090 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2091 |
|
---|
2092 | <listitem>
|
---|
2093 | <para>
|
---|
2094 | DMI BIOS information (type 0)
|
---|
2095 | </para>
|
---|
2096 |
|
---|
2097 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2098 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSVendor" "BIOS Vendor"
|
---|
2099 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2100 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSVersion" "BIOS Version"
|
---|
2101 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2102 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSReleaseDate" "BIOS Release Date"
|
---|
2103 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2104 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSReleaseMajor" 1
|
---|
2105 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2106 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSReleaseMinor" 2
|
---|
2107 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2108 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSFirmwareMajor" 3
|
---|
2109 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2110 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSFirmwareMinor" 4</screen>
|
---|
2111 | </listitem>
|
---|
2112 |
|
---|
2113 | <listitem>
|
---|
2114 | <para>
|
---|
2115 | DMI system information (type 1)
|
---|
2116 | </para>
|
---|
2117 |
|
---|
2118 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2119 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemVendor" "System Vendor"
|
---|
2120 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2121 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemProduct" "System Product"
|
---|
2122 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2123 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemVersion" "System Version"
|
---|
2124 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2125 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemSerial" "System Serial"
|
---|
2126 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2127 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemSKU" "System SKU"
|
---|
2128 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2129 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemFamily" "System Family"
|
---|
2130 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2131 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemUuid"
|
---|
2132 | "9852bf98-b83c-49db-a8de-182c42c7226b"</screen>
|
---|
2133 | </listitem>
|
---|
2134 |
|
---|
2135 | <listitem>
|
---|
2136 | <para>
|
---|
2137 | DMI board information (type 2)
|
---|
2138 | </para>
|
---|
2139 |
|
---|
2140 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2141 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardVendor" "Board Vendor"
|
---|
2142 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2143 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardProduct" "Board Product"
|
---|
2144 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2145 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardVersion" "Board Version"
|
---|
2146 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2147 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardSerial" "Board Serial"
|
---|
2148 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2149 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardAssetTag" "Board Tag"
|
---|
2150 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2151 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardLocInChass" "Board Location"
|
---|
2152 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2153 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardBoardType" 10</screen>
|
---|
2154 | </listitem>
|
---|
2155 |
|
---|
2156 | <listitem>
|
---|
2157 | <para>
|
---|
2158 | DMI system enclosure or chassis (type 3)
|
---|
2159 | </para>
|
---|
2160 |
|
---|
2161 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2162 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiChassisVendor" "Chassis Vendor"
|
---|
2163 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2164 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiChassisType" 3
|
---|
2165 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2166 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiChassisVersion" "Chassis Version"
|
---|
2167 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2168 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiChassisSerial" "Chassis Serial"
|
---|
2169 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2170 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiChassisAssetTag" "Chassis Tag"</screen>
|
---|
2171 | </listitem>
|
---|
2172 |
|
---|
2173 | <listitem>
|
---|
2174 | <para>
|
---|
2175 | DMI processor information (type 4)
|
---|
2176 | </para>
|
---|
2177 |
|
---|
2178 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2179 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiProcManufacturer" "GenuineIntel"
|
---|
2180 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2181 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiProcVersion" "Pentium(R) III"</screen>
|
---|
2182 | </listitem>
|
---|
2183 |
|
---|
2184 | <listitem>
|
---|
2185 | <para>
|
---|
2186 | DMI OEM strings (type 11)
|
---|
2187 | </para>
|
---|
2188 |
|
---|
2189 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2190 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiOEMVBoxVer" "vboxVer_1.2.3"
|
---|
2191 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2192 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiOEMVBoxRev" "vboxRev_12345"</screen>
|
---|
2193 | </listitem>
|
---|
2194 |
|
---|
2195 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2196 |
|
---|
2197 | <para>
|
---|
2198 | If a DMI string is not set, the default value of &product-name; is
|
---|
2199 | used. To set an empty string use
|
---|
2200 | <computeroutput>"<EMPTY>"</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2201 | </para>
|
---|
2202 |
|
---|
2203 | <para>
|
---|
2204 | Note that in the above list, all quoted parameters (DmiBIOSVendor,
|
---|
2205 | DmiBIOSVersion but not DmiBIOSReleaseMajor) are expected to be
|
---|
2206 | strings. If such a string is a valid number, the parameter is
|
---|
2207 | treated as number and the VM will most probably refuse to start
|
---|
2208 | with an <computeroutput>VERR_CFGM_NOT_STRING</computeroutput>
|
---|
2209 | error. In that case, use
|
---|
2210 | <computeroutput>"string:<value>"</computeroutput>. For
|
---|
2211 | example:
|
---|
2212 | </para>
|
---|
2213 |
|
---|
2214 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2215 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemSerial" "string:1234"</screen>
|
---|
2216 |
|
---|
2217 | <para>
|
---|
2218 | Changing this information can be necessary to provide the DMI
|
---|
2219 | information of the host to the guest to prevent Windows from
|
---|
2220 | asking for a new product key. On Linux hosts, the DMI BIOS
|
---|
2221 | information can be obtained with the following command:
|
---|
2222 | </para>
|
---|
2223 |
|
---|
2224 | <screen>dmidecode -t0</screen>
|
---|
2225 |
|
---|
2226 | <para>
|
---|
2227 | The DMI system information can be obtained as follows:
|
---|
2228 | </para>
|
---|
2229 |
|
---|
2230 | <screen>dmidecode -t1</screen>
|
---|
2231 |
|
---|
2232 | </sect1>
|
---|
2233 |
|
---|
2234 | <sect1 id="changeacpicust">
|
---|
2235 |
|
---|
2236 | <title>Configuring Custom ACPI Tables</title>
|
---|
2237 |
|
---|
2238 | <para>
|
---|
2239 | &product-name; can be configured to present up to four custom ACPI
|
---|
2240 | tables to the guest. A command such as the following can be used
|
---|
2241 | to configure custom ACPI tables. Note that CustomTable1,
|
---|
2242 | CustomTable2, and CustomTable3 are available in addition to
|
---|
2243 | CustomTable0.
|
---|
2244 | </para>
|
---|
2245 |
|
---|
2246 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2247 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/acpi/0/Config/CustomTable0" "/path/to/table.bin"</screen>
|
---|
2248 |
|
---|
2249 | <para>
|
---|
2250 | Configuring custom ACPI tables can for example avoid the need for
|
---|
2251 | asking for a new product key on Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows
|
---|
2252 | 8 and later guests. On Linux hosts, one of the system's ACPI
|
---|
2253 | tables can be read from
|
---|
2254 | <computeroutput>/sys/firmware/acpi/tables/</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2255 | </para>
|
---|
2256 |
|
---|
2257 | </sect1>
|
---|
2258 |
|
---|
2259 | <sect1 id="fine-tune-timers">
|
---|
2260 |
|
---|
2261 | <title>Fine Tuning Timers and Time Synchronization</title>
|
---|
2262 |
|
---|
2263 | <sect2 id="changetscmode">
|
---|
2264 |
|
---|
2265 | <title>Configuring the Guest Time Stamp Counter (TSC) to Reflect Guest
|
---|
2266 | Execution</title>
|
---|
2267 |
|
---|
2268 | <para>
|
---|
2269 | By default, &product-name; keeps all sources of time visible to
|
---|
2270 | the guest synchronized to a single time source, the monotonic
|
---|
2271 | host time. This reflects the assumptions of many guest operating
|
---|
2272 | systems, which expect all time sources to reflect "wall clock"
|
---|
2273 | time. In special circumstances it may be useful however to make
|
---|
2274 | the time stamp counter (TSC) in the guest reflect the time
|
---|
2275 | actually spent executing the guest.
|
---|
2276 | </para>
|
---|
2277 |
|
---|
2278 | <para>
|
---|
2279 | This special TSC handling mode can be enabled on a per-VM basis,
|
---|
2280 | and for best results must be used only in combination with
|
---|
2281 | hardware virtualization. To enable this mode use the following
|
---|
2282 | command:
|
---|
2283 | </para>
|
---|
2284 |
|
---|
2285 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/TM/TSCTiedToExecution" 1</screen>
|
---|
2286 |
|
---|
2287 | <para>
|
---|
2288 | To revert to the default TSC handling mode use:
|
---|
2289 | </para>
|
---|
2290 |
|
---|
2291 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/TM/TSCTiedToExecution"</screen>
|
---|
2292 |
|
---|
2293 | <para>
|
---|
2294 | Note that if you use the special TSC handling mode with a guest
|
---|
2295 | operating system which is very strict about the consistency of
|
---|
2296 | time sources you may get a warning or error message about the
|
---|
2297 | timing inconsistency. It may also cause clocks to become
|
---|
2298 | unreliable with some guest operating systems depending on how
|
---|
2299 | they use the TSC.
|
---|
2300 | </para>
|
---|
2301 |
|
---|
2302 | </sect2>
|
---|
2303 |
|
---|
2304 | <sect2 id="warpguest">
|
---|
2305 |
|
---|
2306 | <title>Accelerate or Slow Down the Guest Clock</title>
|
---|
2307 |
|
---|
2308 | <para>
|
---|
2309 | For certain purposes it can be useful to accelerate or to slow
|
---|
2310 | down the virtual guest clock. This can be achieved as follows:
|
---|
2311 | </para>
|
---|
2312 |
|
---|
2313 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/TM/WarpDrivePercentage" 200</screen>
|
---|
2314 |
|
---|
2315 | <para>
|
---|
2316 | The above example will double the speed of the guest clock while
|
---|
2317 | </para>
|
---|
2318 |
|
---|
2319 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/TM/WarpDrivePercentage" 50</screen>
|
---|
2320 |
|
---|
2321 | <para>
|
---|
2322 | will halve the speed of the guest clock. Note that changing the
|
---|
2323 | rate of the virtual clock can confuse the guest and can even
|
---|
2324 | lead to abnormal guest behavior. For instance, a higher clock
|
---|
2325 | rate means shorter timeouts for virtual devices with the result
|
---|
2326 | that a slightly increased response time of a virtual device due
|
---|
2327 | to an increased host load can cause guest failures. Note further
|
---|
2328 | that any time synchronization mechanism will frequently try to
|
---|
2329 | resynchronize the guest clock with the reference clock, which is
|
---|
2330 | the host clock if the &product-name; Guest Additions are active.
|
---|
2331 | Therefore any time synchronization should be disabled if the
|
---|
2332 | rate of the guest clock is changed as described above. See
|
---|
2333 | <xref linkend="changetimesync" />.
|
---|
2334 | </para>
|
---|
2335 |
|
---|
2336 | </sect2>
|
---|
2337 |
|
---|
2338 | <sect2 id="changetimesync">
|
---|
2339 |
|
---|
2340 | <title>Tuning the Guest Additions Time Synchronization Parameters</title>
|
---|
2341 |
|
---|
2342 | <para>
|
---|
2343 | The &product-name; Guest Additions ensure that the guest's
|
---|
2344 | system time is synchronized with the host time. There are
|
---|
2345 | several parameters which can be tuned. The parameters can be set
|
---|
2346 | for a specific VM using the following command:
|
---|
2347 | </para>
|
---|
2348 |
|
---|
2349 | <screen>VBoxManage guestproperty set "VM name" "/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/VBoxService/PARAMETER" VALUE</screen>
|
---|
2350 |
|
---|
2351 | <para>
|
---|
2352 | where <computeroutput>PARAMETER</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
2353 | following:
|
---|
2354 | </para>
|
---|
2355 |
|
---|
2356 | <variablelist>
|
---|
2357 |
|
---|
2358 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2359 | <term>
|
---|
2360 | <computeroutput>--timesync-interval</computeroutput>
|
---|
2361 | </term>
|
---|
2362 |
|
---|
2363 | <listitem>
|
---|
2364 | <para>
|
---|
2365 | Specifies the interval at which to synchronize the time
|
---|
2366 | with the host. The default is 10000 ms (10 seconds).
|
---|
2367 | </para>
|
---|
2368 | </listitem>
|
---|
2369 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2370 |
|
---|
2371 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2372 | <term>
|
---|
2373 | <computeroutput>--timesync-min-adjust</computeroutput>
|
---|
2374 | </term>
|
---|
2375 |
|
---|
2376 | <listitem>
|
---|
2377 | <para>
|
---|
2378 | The minimum absolute drift value measured in milliseconds
|
---|
2379 | to make adjustments for. The default is 1000 ms on OS/2
|
---|
2380 | and 100 ms elsewhere.
|
---|
2381 | </para>
|
---|
2382 | </listitem>
|
---|
2383 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2384 |
|
---|
2385 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2386 | <term>
|
---|
2387 | <computeroutput>--timesync-latency-factor</computeroutput>
|
---|
2388 | </term>
|
---|
2389 |
|
---|
2390 | <listitem>
|
---|
2391 | <para>
|
---|
2392 | The factor to multiply the time query latency with to
|
---|
2393 | calculate the dynamic minimum adjust time. The default is
|
---|
2394 | 8 times, which means as follows:
|
---|
2395 | </para>
|
---|
2396 |
|
---|
2397 | <para>
|
---|
2398 | Measure the time it takes to determine the host time, the
|
---|
2399 | guest has to contact the VM host service which may take
|
---|
2400 | some time. Multiply this value by 8 and do an adjustment
|
---|
2401 | only if the time difference between host and guest is
|
---|
2402 | bigger than this value. Do not do any time adjustment
|
---|
2403 | otherwise.
|
---|
2404 | </para>
|
---|
2405 | </listitem>
|
---|
2406 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2407 |
|
---|
2408 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2409 | <term>
|
---|
2410 | <computeroutput>--timesync-max-latency</computeroutput>
|
---|
2411 | </term>
|
---|
2412 |
|
---|
2413 | <listitem>
|
---|
2414 | <para>
|
---|
2415 | The max host timer query latency to accept. The default is
|
---|
2416 | 250 ms.
|
---|
2417 | </para>
|
---|
2418 | </listitem>
|
---|
2419 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2420 |
|
---|
2421 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2422 | <term>
|
---|
2423 | <computeroutput>--timesync-set-threshold</computeroutput>
|
---|
2424 | </term>
|
---|
2425 |
|
---|
2426 | <listitem>
|
---|
2427 | <para>
|
---|
2428 | The absolute drift threshold, given as milliseconds where
|
---|
2429 | to start setting the time instead of trying to smoothly
|
---|
2430 | adjust it. The default is 20 minutes.
|
---|
2431 | </para>
|
---|
2432 | </listitem>
|
---|
2433 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2434 |
|
---|
2435 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2436 | <term>
|
---|
2437 | <computeroutput>--timesync-set-start</computeroutput>
|
---|
2438 | </term>
|
---|
2439 |
|
---|
2440 | <listitem>
|
---|
2441 | <para>
|
---|
2442 | Set the time when starting the time sync service.
|
---|
2443 | </para>
|
---|
2444 | </listitem>
|
---|
2445 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2446 |
|
---|
2447 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2448 | <term>
|
---|
2449 | <computeroutput>--timesync-set-on-restore
|
---|
2450 | 0|1</computeroutput>
|
---|
2451 | </term>
|
---|
2452 |
|
---|
2453 | <listitem>
|
---|
2454 | <para>
|
---|
2455 | Set the time after the VM was restored from a saved state
|
---|
2456 | when passing 1 as parameter. This is the default. Disable
|
---|
2457 | by passing 0. In the latter case, the time will be
|
---|
2458 | adjusted smoothly, which can take a long time.
|
---|
2459 | </para>
|
---|
2460 | </listitem>
|
---|
2461 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2462 |
|
---|
2463 | </variablelist>
|
---|
2464 |
|
---|
2465 | <para>
|
---|
2466 | All these parameters can be specified as command line parameters
|
---|
2467 | to VBoxService as well.
|
---|
2468 | </para>
|
---|
2469 |
|
---|
2470 | </sect2>
|
---|
2471 |
|
---|
2472 | <sect2 id="disabletimesync">
|
---|
2473 |
|
---|
2474 | <title>Disabling the Guest Additions Time Synchronization</title>
|
---|
2475 |
|
---|
2476 | <para>
|
---|
2477 | Once installed and started, the &product-name; Guest Additions
|
---|
2478 | will try to synchronize the guest time with the host time. This
|
---|
2479 | can be prevented by forbidding the guest service from reading
|
---|
2480 | the host clock:
|
---|
2481 | </para>
|
---|
2482 |
|
---|
2483 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/VMMDev/0/Config/GetHostTimeDisabled" 1</screen>
|
---|
2484 |
|
---|
2485 | </sect2>
|
---|
2486 |
|
---|
2487 | </sect1>
|
---|
2488 |
|
---|
2489 | <sect1 id="vboxbowsolaris11">
|
---|
2490 |
|
---|
2491 | <title>Installing the Alternate Bridged Networking Driver on Oracle Solaris 11
|
---|
2492 | hosts</title>
|
---|
2493 |
|
---|
2494 | <para>
|
---|
2495 | &product-name; includes a network filter driver that utilizes
|
---|
2496 | Oracle Solaris 11's Crossbow functionality. By default, this new
|
---|
2497 | driver is installed for Oracle Solaris 11 hosts, builds 159 and
|
---|
2498 | above, that have support for it.
|
---|
2499 | </para>
|
---|
2500 |
|
---|
2501 | <para>
|
---|
2502 | To force installation of the older STREAMS based network filter
|
---|
2503 | driver, execute as root the following command before installing
|
---|
2504 | the &product-name; package:
|
---|
2505 | </para>
|
---|
2506 |
|
---|
2507 | <screen>touch /etc/vboxinst_vboxflt</screen>
|
---|
2508 |
|
---|
2509 | <para>
|
---|
2510 | To force installation of the Crossbow based network filter driver,
|
---|
2511 | execute as root the following command before installing the
|
---|
2512 | &product-name; package:
|
---|
2513 | </para>
|
---|
2514 |
|
---|
2515 | <screen>touch /etc/vboxinst_vboxbow</screen>
|
---|
2516 |
|
---|
2517 | <para>
|
---|
2518 | To check which driver is currently being used by &product-name;,
|
---|
2519 | execute:
|
---|
2520 | </para>
|
---|
2521 |
|
---|
2522 | <screen>modinfo | grep vbox</screen>
|
---|
2523 |
|
---|
2524 | <para>
|
---|
2525 | If the output contains "vboxbow", it indicates &product-name; is
|
---|
2526 | using the Crossbow network filter driver, while the name "vboxflt"
|
---|
2527 | indicates usage of the older STREAMS network filter.
|
---|
2528 | </para>
|
---|
2529 |
|
---|
2530 | </sect1>
|
---|
2531 |
|
---|
2532 | <sect1 id="vboxbowvnictemplates">
|
---|
2533 |
|
---|
2534 | <title>&product-name; VNIC Templates for VLANs on Oracle Solaris 11 Hosts</title>
|
---|
2535 |
|
---|
2536 | <para>
|
---|
2537 | &product-name; supports Virtual Network Interface (VNIC) templates
|
---|
2538 | for configuring VMs over VLANs. An &product-name; VNIC template is
|
---|
2539 | a VNIC whose name starts with
|
---|
2540 | <computeroutput>vboxvnic_template</computeroutput>. The string is
|
---|
2541 | case-sensitive.
|
---|
2542 | </para>
|
---|
2543 |
|
---|
2544 | <para>
|
---|
2545 | On Oracle Solaris 11 hosts, when Crossbow-based bridged networking
|
---|
2546 | is used, a VNIC template may be used to specify the VLAN ID to use
|
---|
2547 | while bridging over a network link.
|
---|
2548 | </para>
|
---|
2549 |
|
---|
2550 | <para>
|
---|
2551 | The following is an example of how to use a VNIC template to
|
---|
2552 | configure a VM over a VLAN. Create an &product-name; VNIC
|
---|
2553 | template, by executing as root:
|
---|
2554 | </para>
|
---|
2555 |
|
---|
2556 | <screen>dladm create-vnic -t -l nge0 -v 23 vboxvnic_template0</screen>
|
---|
2557 |
|
---|
2558 | <para>
|
---|
2559 | This will create a temporary VNIC template over interface "nge0"
|
---|
2560 | with the VLAN ID 23. To create VNIC templates that are persistent
|
---|
2561 | across host reboots, skip the <computeroutput>-t</computeroutput>
|
---|
2562 | parameter in the above command. You may check the current state of
|
---|
2563 | links using the following command:
|
---|
2564 | </para>
|
---|
2565 |
|
---|
2566 | <screen>$ dladm show-link
|
---|
2567 | LINK CLASS MTU STATE BRIDGE OVER
|
---|
2568 | nge0 phys 1500 up -- --
|
---|
2569 | nge1 phys 1500 down -- --
|
---|
2570 | vboxvnic_template0 vnic 1500 up -- nge0
|
---|
2571 |
|
---|
2572 | $ dladm show-vnic
|
---|
2573 | LINK OVER SPEED MACADDRESS MACADDRTYPE VID
|
---|
2574 | vboxvnic_template0 nge0 1000 2:8:20:25:12:75 random 23</screen>
|
---|
2575 |
|
---|
2576 | <para>
|
---|
2577 | Once the VNIC template is created, any VMs that need to be on VLAN
|
---|
2578 | 23 over the interface <computeroutput>nge0</computeroutput> can be
|
---|
2579 | configured to bridge using this VNIC template.
|
---|
2580 | </para>
|
---|
2581 |
|
---|
2582 | <para>
|
---|
2583 | VNIC templates makes managing VMs on VLANs simpler and efficient.
|
---|
2584 | The VLAN details are not stored as part of every VM's
|
---|
2585 | configuration but rather inherited from the VNIC template while
|
---|
2586 | starting the VM. The VNIC template itself can be modified anytime
|
---|
2587 | using the <command>dladm</command> command.
|
---|
2588 | </para>
|
---|
2589 |
|
---|
2590 | <para>
|
---|
2591 | VNIC templates can be created with additional properties such as
|
---|
2592 | bandwidth limits, CPU fanout etc. Refer to your Oracle Solaris
|
---|
2593 | network documentation on how to accomplish this. These additional
|
---|
2594 | properties, if any, are also applied to VMs which bridge using the
|
---|
2595 | VNIC template.
|
---|
2596 | </para>
|
---|
2597 |
|
---|
2598 | </sect1>
|
---|
2599 |
|
---|
2600 | <sect1 id="addhostonlysolaris">
|
---|
2601 |
|
---|
2602 | <title>Configuring Multiple Host-Only Network Interfaces on Oracle Solaris
|
---|
2603 | Hosts</title>
|
---|
2604 |
|
---|
2605 | <para>
|
---|
2606 | By default &product-name; provides you with one host-only network
|
---|
2607 | interface. Adding more host-only network interfaces on Oracle
|
---|
2608 | Solaris hosts requires manual configuration. Here is how to add
|
---|
2609 | another host-only network interface.
|
---|
2610 | </para>
|
---|
2611 |
|
---|
2612 | <para>
|
---|
2613 | Begin by stopping all running VMs. Then, unplumb the existing
|
---|
2614 | "vboxnet0" interface by execute the following command as root:
|
---|
2615 | </para>
|
---|
2616 |
|
---|
2617 | <screen>ifconfig vboxnet0 unplumb</screen>
|
---|
2618 |
|
---|
2619 | <para>
|
---|
2620 | If you have several vboxnet interfaces, you will need to unplumb
|
---|
2621 | all of them. Once all vboxnet interfaces are unplumbed, remove the
|
---|
2622 | driver by executing the following command as root:
|
---|
2623 | </para>
|
---|
2624 |
|
---|
2625 | <screen>rem_drv vboxnet</screen>
|
---|
2626 |
|
---|
2627 | <para>
|
---|
2628 | Edit the file
|
---|
2629 | <computeroutput>/platform/i86pc/kernel/drv/vboxnet.conf</computeroutput>
|
---|
2630 | and add a line for the new interface we want to add as shown
|
---|
2631 | below:
|
---|
2632 | </para>
|
---|
2633 |
|
---|
2634 | <screen>name="vboxnet" parent="pseudo" instance=1;
|
---|
2635 | name="vboxnet" parent="pseudo" instance=2;</screen>
|
---|
2636 |
|
---|
2637 | <para>
|
---|
2638 | Add as many of these lines as required with each line having a
|
---|
2639 | unique instance number.
|
---|
2640 | </para>
|
---|
2641 |
|
---|
2642 | <para>
|
---|
2643 | Next, reload the vboxnet driver by executing the following command
|
---|
2644 | as root:
|
---|
2645 | </para>
|
---|
2646 |
|
---|
2647 | <screen>add_drv vboxnet</screen>
|
---|
2648 |
|
---|
2649 | <para>
|
---|
2650 | On Oracle Solaris 11.1 and newer hosts you may want to rename the
|
---|
2651 | default vanity interface name. To check what name has been
|
---|
2652 | assigned, execute:
|
---|
2653 | </para>
|
---|
2654 |
|
---|
2655 | <screen>dladm show-phys
|
---|
2656 | LINK MEDIA STATE SPEED DUPLEX DEVICE
|
---|
2657 | net0 Ethernet up 100 full e1000g0
|
---|
2658 | net2 Ethernet up 1000 full vboxnet1
|
---|
2659 | net1 Ethernet up 1000 full vboxnet0</screen>
|
---|
2660 |
|
---|
2661 | <para>
|
---|
2662 | In the above example, we can rename "net2" to "vboxnet1" before
|
---|
2663 | proceeding to plumb the interface. This can be done by executing
|
---|
2664 | as root:
|
---|
2665 | </para>
|
---|
2666 |
|
---|
2667 | <screen>dladm rename-link net2 vboxnet1</screen>
|
---|
2668 |
|
---|
2669 | <para>
|
---|
2670 | Now plumb all the interfaces using <computeroutput>ifconfig
|
---|
2671 | vboxnetX plumb</computeroutput>, where 'X' would be 1 in this
|
---|
2672 | case. Once the interface is plumbed, it may be configured like any
|
---|
2673 | other network interface. Refer to the
|
---|
2674 | <computeroutput>ifconfig</computeroutput> documentation for
|
---|
2675 | further details.
|
---|
2676 | </para>
|
---|
2677 |
|
---|
2678 | <para>
|
---|
2679 | To make the settings for the newly added interfaces persistent
|
---|
2680 | across reboots, you will need to edit the files
|
---|
2681 | <computeroutput>/etc/inet/netmasks</computeroutput>, and if you
|
---|
2682 | are using NWAM <computeroutput>/etc/nwam/llp</computeroutput> and
|
---|
2683 | add the appropriate entries to set the netmask and static IP for
|
---|
2684 | each of those interfaces. The &product-name; installer only
|
---|
2685 | updates these configuration files for the one "vboxnet0" interface
|
---|
2686 | it creates by default.
|
---|
2687 | </para>
|
---|
2688 |
|
---|
2689 | </sect1>
|
---|
2690 |
|
---|
2691 | <sect1 id="solariscodedumper">
|
---|
2692 |
|
---|
2693 | <title>Configuring the &product-name; CoreDumper on Oracle Solaris Hosts</title>
|
---|
2694 |
|
---|
2695 | <para>
|
---|
2696 | &product-name; is capable of producing its own core files for
|
---|
2697 | extensive debugging when things go wrong. Currently this is only
|
---|
2698 | available on Oracle Solaris hosts.
|
---|
2699 | </para>
|
---|
2700 |
|
---|
2701 | <para>
|
---|
2702 | The &product-name; CoreDumper can be enabled using the following
|
---|
2703 | command:
|
---|
2704 | </para>
|
---|
2705 |
|
---|
2706 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal2/CoreDumpEnabled 1</screen>
|
---|
2707 |
|
---|
2708 | <para>
|
---|
2709 | You can specify which directory to use for core dumps with this
|
---|
2710 | command, as follows:
|
---|
2711 | </para>
|
---|
2712 |
|
---|
2713 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal2/CoreDumpDir <path-to-directory></screen>
|
---|
2714 |
|
---|
2715 | <para>
|
---|
2716 | Make sure the directory you specify is on a volume with sufficient
|
---|
2717 | free space and that the &product-name; process has sufficient
|
---|
2718 | permissions to write files to this directory. If you skip this
|
---|
2719 | command and do not specify any core dump directory, the current
|
---|
2720 | directory of the &product-name; executable will be used. This
|
---|
2721 | would most likely fail when writing cores as they are protected
|
---|
2722 | with root permissions. It is recommended you explicitly set a core
|
---|
2723 | dump directory.
|
---|
2724 | </para>
|
---|
2725 |
|
---|
2726 | <para>
|
---|
2727 | You must specify when the &product-name; CoreDumper should be
|
---|
2728 | triggered. This is done using the following commands:
|
---|
2729 | </para>
|
---|
2730 |
|
---|
2731 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal2/CoreDumpReplaceSystemDump 1
|
---|
2732 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal2/CoreDumpLive 1</screen>
|
---|
2733 |
|
---|
2734 | <para>
|
---|
2735 | At least one of the above two commands will have to be provided if
|
---|
2736 | you have enabled the &product-name; CoreDumper.
|
---|
2737 | </para>
|
---|
2738 |
|
---|
2739 | <para>
|
---|
2740 | Setting <computeroutput>CoreDumpReplaceSystemDump</computeroutput>
|
---|
2741 | sets up the VM to override the host's core dumping mechanism and
|
---|
2742 | in the event of any crash only the &product-name; CoreDumper would
|
---|
2743 | produce the core file.
|
---|
2744 | </para>
|
---|
2745 |
|
---|
2746 | <para>
|
---|
2747 | Setting <computeroutput>CoreDumpLive</computeroutput> sets up the
|
---|
2748 | VM to produce cores whenever the VM process receives a
|
---|
2749 | <computeroutput>SIGUSR2</computeroutput> signal. After producing
|
---|
2750 | the core file, the VM will not be terminated and will continue to
|
---|
2751 | run. You can thus take cores of the VM process using the following
|
---|
2752 | command:
|
---|
2753 | </para>
|
---|
2754 |
|
---|
2755 | <screen>kill -s SIGUSR2 <VM-process-id></screen>
|
---|
2756 |
|
---|
2757 | <para>
|
---|
2758 | Core files produced by the &product-name; CoreDumper are of the
|
---|
2759 | form
|
---|
2760 | <computeroutput>core.vb.<ProcessName>.<ProcessID></computeroutput>,
|
---|
2761 | for example
|
---|
2762 | <computeroutput>core.vb.VBoxHeadless.11321</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2763 | </para>
|
---|
2764 |
|
---|
2765 | </sect1>
|
---|
2766 |
|
---|
2767 | <sect1 id="vboxandsolzvmm">
|
---|
2768 |
|
---|
2769 | <title>&product-name; and Oracle Solaris Kernel Zones</title>
|
---|
2770 |
|
---|
2771 | <para>
|
---|
2772 | Oracle Solaris kernel zones on x86-based systems make use of
|
---|
2773 | hardware-assisted virtualization features like &product-name;
|
---|
2774 | does. However, for kernel zones and &product-name; to share this
|
---|
2775 | hardware resource, they need to cooperate.
|
---|
2776 | </para>
|
---|
2777 |
|
---|
2778 | <para>
|
---|
2779 | By default, due to performance reasons, &product-name; acquires
|
---|
2780 | the hardware-assisted virtualization resource (VT-x/AMD-V)
|
---|
2781 | globally on the host machine and uses it until the last
|
---|
2782 | &product-name; VM that requires it is powered off. This prevents
|
---|
2783 | other software from using VT-x/AMD-V during the time
|
---|
2784 | &product-name; has taken control of it.
|
---|
2785 | </para>
|
---|
2786 |
|
---|
2787 | <para>
|
---|
2788 | &product-name; can be instructed to relinquish use of
|
---|
2789 | hardware-assisted virtualization features when not executing guest
|
---|
2790 | code, thereby allowing kernel zones to make use of them. To do
|
---|
2791 | this, shutdown all &product-name; VMs and execute the following
|
---|
2792 | command:
|
---|
2793 | </para>
|
---|
2794 |
|
---|
2795 | <screen>VBoxManage setproperty hwvirtexclusive off</screen>
|
---|
2796 |
|
---|
2797 | <para>
|
---|
2798 | This command needs to be executed only once as the setting is
|
---|
2799 | stored as part of the global &product-name; settings which will
|
---|
2800 | continue to persist across host-reboots and &product-name;
|
---|
2801 | upgrades.
|
---|
2802 | </para>
|
---|
2803 |
|
---|
2804 | </sect1>
|
---|
2805 |
|
---|
2806 | <sect1 id="guitweaks">
|
---|
2807 |
|
---|
2808 | <title>Locking Down the &product-name; GUI</title>
|
---|
2809 |
|
---|
2810 | <sect2 id="customize-vm-manager">
|
---|
2811 |
|
---|
2812 | <title>Customizing the VirtualBox Manager</title>
|
---|
2813 |
|
---|
2814 | <para>
|
---|
2815 | There are several advanced customization settings for locking
|
---|
2816 | down the VirtualBox Manager. Locking down means removing some
|
---|
2817 | features that the user should not see.
|
---|
2818 | </para>
|
---|
2819 |
|
---|
2820 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Customizations OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
2821 |
|
---|
2822 | <para>
|
---|
2823 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
2824 | following keywords:
|
---|
2825 | </para>
|
---|
2826 |
|
---|
2827 | <variablelist>
|
---|
2828 |
|
---|
2829 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2830 | <term>
|
---|
2831 | <computeroutput>noSelector</computeroutput>
|
---|
2832 | </term>
|
---|
2833 |
|
---|
2834 | <listitem>
|
---|
2835 | <para>
|
---|
2836 | Do not allow users to start the VirtualBox Manager. Trying
|
---|
2837 | to do so will show a window containing a proper error
|
---|
2838 | message.
|
---|
2839 | </para>
|
---|
2840 | </listitem>
|
---|
2841 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2842 |
|
---|
2843 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2844 | <term>
|
---|
2845 | <computeroutput>noMenuBar</computeroutput>
|
---|
2846 | </term>
|
---|
2847 |
|
---|
2848 | <listitem>
|
---|
2849 | <para>
|
---|
2850 | VM windows will not contain a menu bar.
|
---|
2851 | </para>
|
---|
2852 | </listitem>
|
---|
2853 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2854 |
|
---|
2855 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2856 | <term>
|
---|
2857 | <computeroutput>noStatusBar</computeroutput>
|
---|
2858 | </term>
|
---|
2859 |
|
---|
2860 | <listitem>
|
---|
2861 | <para>
|
---|
2862 | VM windows will not contain a status bar.
|
---|
2863 | </para>
|
---|
2864 | </listitem>
|
---|
2865 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2866 |
|
---|
2867 | </variablelist>
|
---|
2868 |
|
---|
2869 | <para>
|
---|
2870 | To disable any of these VirtualBox Manager customizations use
|
---|
2871 | the following command:
|
---|
2872 | </para>
|
---|
2873 |
|
---|
2874 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Customizations</screen>
|
---|
2875 |
|
---|
2876 | </sect2>
|
---|
2877 |
|
---|
2878 | <sect2 id="customize-vm-selector">
|
---|
2879 |
|
---|
2880 | <title>VM Selector Customization</title>
|
---|
2881 |
|
---|
2882 | <para>
|
---|
2883 | The following per-machine VM extradata settings can be used to
|
---|
2884 | change the behavior of the VM selector window in respect of
|
---|
2885 | certain VMs:
|
---|
2886 | </para>
|
---|
2887 |
|
---|
2888 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" SETTING true</screen>
|
---|
2889 |
|
---|
2890 | <para>
|
---|
2891 | where <computeroutput>SETTING</computeroutput> can be:
|
---|
2892 | </para>
|
---|
2893 |
|
---|
2894 | <variablelist>
|
---|
2895 |
|
---|
2896 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2897 | <term>
|
---|
2898 | <computeroutput>GUI/HideDetails</computeroutput>
|
---|
2899 | </term>
|
---|
2900 |
|
---|
2901 | <listitem>
|
---|
2902 | <para>
|
---|
2903 | Do not show the VM configuration of a certain VM. The
|
---|
2904 | details window will remain just empty if this VM is
|
---|
2905 | selected.
|
---|
2906 | </para>
|
---|
2907 | </listitem>
|
---|
2908 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2909 |
|
---|
2910 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2911 | <term>
|
---|
2912 | <computeroutput>GUI/PreventReconfiguration</computeroutput>
|
---|
2913 | </term>
|
---|
2914 |
|
---|
2915 | <listitem>
|
---|
2916 | <para>
|
---|
2917 | Do not allow the user to open the
|
---|
2918 | <emphasis role="bold">Settings</emphasis> dialog for a
|
---|
2919 | certain VM.
|
---|
2920 | </para>
|
---|
2921 | </listitem>
|
---|
2922 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2923 |
|
---|
2924 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2925 | <term>
|
---|
2926 | <computeroutput>GUI/PreventSnapshotOperations</computeroutput>
|
---|
2927 | </term>
|
---|
2928 |
|
---|
2929 | <listitem>
|
---|
2930 | <para>
|
---|
2931 | Prevent snapshot operations for a VM from the GUI, either
|
---|
2932 | at runtime or when the VM is powered off.
|
---|
2933 | </para>
|
---|
2934 | </listitem>
|
---|
2935 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2936 |
|
---|
2937 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2938 | <term>
|
---|
2939 | <computeroutput>GUI/HideFromManager</computeroutput>
|
---|
2940 | </term>
|
---|
2941 |
|
---|
2942 | <listitem>
|
---|
2943 | <para>
|
---|
2944 | Hide a certain VM in the VM selector window.
|
---|
2945 | </para>
|
---|
2946 | </listitem>
|
---|
2947 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2948 |
|
---|
2949 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2950 | <term>
|
---|
2951 | <computeroutput>GUI/PreventApplicationUpdate</computeroutput>
|
---|
2952 | </term>
|
---|
2953 |
|
---|
2954 | <listitem>
|
---|
2955 | <para>
|
---|
2956 | Disable the automatic update check and hide the
|
---|
2957 | corresponding menu item.
|
---|
2958 | </para>
|
---|
2959 | </listitem>
|
---|
2960 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2961 |
|
---|
2962 | </variablelist>
|
---|
2963 |
|
---|
2964 | <para>
|
---|
2965 | Please note that these settings would not prevent the user from
|
---|
2966 | reconfiguring the VM by using <command>VBoxManage
|
---|
2967 | modifyvm</command>.
|
---|
2968 | </para>
|
---|
2969 |
|
---|
2970 | </sect2>
|
---|
2971 |
|
---|
2972 | <sect2 id="config-vm-selector-menu">
|
---|
2973 |
|
---|
2974 | <title>Configure VM Selector Menu Entries</title>
|
---|
2975 |
|
---|
2976 | <para>
|
---|
2977 | You can disable, or blacklist, certain entries in the global
|
---|
2978 | settings page of the VM selector:
|
---|
2979 | </para>
|
---|
2980 |
|
---|
2981 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/RestrictedGlobalSettingsPages OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
2982 |
|
---|
2983 | <para>
|
---|
2984 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
2985 | following keywords:
|
---|
2986 | </para>
|
---|
2987 |
|
---|
2988 | <variablelist>
|
---|
2989 |
|
---|
2990 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2991 | <term>
|
---|
2992 | <computeroutput>General</computeroutput>
|
---|
2993 | </term>
|
---|
2994 |
|
---|
2995 | <listitem>
|
---|
2996 | <para>
|
---|
2997 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">General</emphasis>
|
---|
2998 | settings pane.
|
---|
2999 | </para>
|
---|
3000 | </listitem>
|
---|
3001 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3002 |
|
---|
3003 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3004 | <term>
|
---|
3005 | <computeroutput>Input</computeroutput>
|
---|
3006 | </term>
|
---|
3007 |
|
---|
3008 | <listitem>
|
---|
3009 | <para>
|
---|
3010 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Input</emphasis>
|
---|
3011 | settings pane.
|
---|
3012 | </para>
|
---|
3013 | </listitem>
|
---|
3014 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3015 |
|
---|
3016 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3017 | <term>
|
---|
3018 | <computeroutput>Update</computeroutput>
|
---|
3019 | </term>
|
---|
3020 |
|
---|
3021 | <listitem>
|
---|
3022 | <para>
|
---|
3023 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Update</emphasis>
|
---|
3024 | settings pane.
|
---|
3025 | </para>
|
---|
3026 | </listitem>
|
---|
3027 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3028 |
|
---|
3029 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3030 | <term>
|
---|
3031 | <computeroutput>Language</computeroutput>
|
---|
3032 | </term>
|
---|
3033 |
|
---|
3034 | <listitem>
|
---|
3035 | <para>
|
---|
3036 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Language</emphasis>
|
---|
3037 | settings pane.
|
---|
3038 | </para>
|
---|
3039 | </listitem>
|
---|
3040 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3041 |
|
---|
3042 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3043 | <term>
|
---|
3044 | <computeroutput>Display</computeroutput>
|
---|
3045 | </term>
|
---|
3046 |
|
---|
3047 | <listitem>
|
---|
3048 | <para>
|
---|
3049 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Display</emphasis>
|
---|
3050 | settings pane.
|
---|
3051 | </para>
|
---|
3052 | </listitem>
|
---|
3053 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3054 |
|
---|
3055 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3056 | <term>
|
---|
3057 | <computeroutput>Network</computeroutput>
|
---|
3058 | </term>
|
---|
3059 |
|
---|
3060 | <listitem>
|
---|
3061 | <para>
|
---|
3062 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Network</emphasis>
|
---|
3063 | settings pane.
|
---|
3064 | </para>
|
---|
3065 | </listitem>
|
---|
3066 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3067 |
|
---|
3068 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3069 | <term>
|
---|
3070 | <computeroutput>Extensions</computeroutput>
|
---|
3071 | </term>
|
---|
3072 |
|
---|
3073 | <listitem>
|
---|
3074 | <para>
|
---|
3075 | Do not show the
|
---|
3076 | <emphasis role="bold">Extensions</emphasis> settings pane.
|
---|
3077 | </para>
|
---|
3078 | </listitem>
|
---|
3079 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3080 |
|
---|
3081 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3082 | <term>
|
---|
3083 | <computeroutput>Proxy</computeroutput>
|
---|
3084 | </term>
|
---|
3085 |
|
---|
3086 | <listitem>
|
---|
3087 | <para>
|
---|
3088 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Proxy</emphasis>
|
---|
3089 | settings pane.
|
---|
3090 | </para>
|
---|
3091 | </listitem>
|
---|
3092 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3093 |
|
---|
3094 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3095 |
|
---|
3096 | <para>
|
---|
3097 | This is a global setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3098 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3099 | </para>
|
---|
3100 |
|
---|
3101 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/RestrictedGlobalSettingsPages</screen>
|
---|
3102 |
|
---|
3103 | </sect2>
|
---|
3104 |
|
---|
3105 | <sect2 id="config-vm-window-menu">
|
---|
3106 |
|
---|
3107 | <title>Configure VM Window Menu Entries</title>
|
---|
3108 |
|
---|
3109 | <para>
|
---|
3110 | You can disable, or blacklist, certain menu actions in the VM
|
---|
3111 | window:
|
---|
3112 | </para>
|
---|
3113 |
|
---|
3114 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeMenus OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3115 |
|
---|
3116 | <para>
|
---|
3117 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3118 | following keywords:
|
---|
3119 | </para>
|
---|
3120 |
|
---|
3121 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3122 |
|
---|
3123 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3124 | <term>
|
---|
3125 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3126 | </term>
|
---|
3127 |
|
---|
3128 | <listitem>
|
---|
3129 | <para>
|
---|
3130 | Do not show any menu in the VM window.
|
---|
3131 | </para>
|
---|
3132 | </listitem>
|
---|
3133 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3134 |
|
---|
3135 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3136 | <term>
|
---|
3137 | <computeroutput>Machine</computeroutput>
|
---|
3138 | </term>
|
---|
3139 |
|
---|
3140 | <listitem>
|
---|
3141 | <para>
|
---|
3142 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis>
|
---|
3143 | menu in the VM window.
|
---|
3144 | </para>
|
---|
3145 | </listitem>
|
---|
3146 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3147 |
|
---|
3148 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3149 | <term>
|
---|
3150 | <computeroutput>View</computeroutput>
|
---|
3151 | </term>
|
---|
3152 |
|
---|
3153 | <listitem>
|
---|
3154 | <para>
|
---|
3155 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">View</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3156 | in the VM window.
|
---|
3157 | </para>
|
---|
3158 | </listitem>
|
---|
3159 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3160 |
|
---|
3161 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3162 | <term>
|
---|
3163 | <computeroutput>Devices</computeroutput>
|
---|
3164 | </term>
|
---|
3165 |
|
---|
3166 | <listitem>
|
---|
3167 | <para>
|
---|
3168 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Devices</emphasis>
|
---|
3169 | menu in the VM window.
|
---|
3170 | </para>
|
---|
3171 | </listitem>
|
---|
3172 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3173 |
|
---|
3174 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3175 | <term>
|
---|
3176 | <computeroutput>Help</computeroutput>
|
---|
3177 | </term>
|
---|
3178 |
|
---|
3179 | <listitem>
|
---|
3180 | <para>
|
---|
3181 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Help</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3182 | in the VM window.
|
---|
3183 | </para>
|
---|
3184 | </listitem>
|
---|
3185 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3186 |
|
---|
3187 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3188 | <term>
|
---|
3189 | <computeroutput>Debug</computeroutput>
|
---|
3190 | </term>
|
---|
3191 |
|
---|
3192 | <listitem>
|
---|
3193 | <para>
|
---|
3194 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Debug</emphasis>
|
---|
3195 | menu in the VM window. The Debug menu is only visible if
|
---|
3196 | the GUI was started with special command line parameters
|
---|
3197 | or environment variable settings.
|
---|
3198 | </para>
|
---|
3199 | </listitem>
|
---|
3200 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3201 |
|
---|
3202 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3203 |
|
---|
3204 | <para>
|
---|
3205 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3206 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3207 | </para>
|
---|
3208 |
|
---|
3209 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeMenus</screen>
|
---|
3210 |
|
---|
3211 | <para>
|
---|
3212 | You can also disable, or blacklist, certain menu actions of
|
---|
3213 | certain menus. Use the following command to disable certain
|
---|
3214 | actions of the <emphasis role="bold">Application</emphasis>
|
---|
3215 | menu. This is only available on Mac OS X hosts.
|
---|
3216 | </para>
|
---|
3217 |
|
---|
3218 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeApplicationMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3219 |
|
---|
3220 | <para>
|
---|
3221 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3222 | following keywords:
|
---|
3223 | </para>
|
---|
3224 |
|
---|
3225 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3226 |
|
---|
3227 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3228 | <term>
|
---|
3229 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3230 | </term>
|
---|
3231 |
|
---|
3232 | <listitem>
|
---|
3233 | <para>
|
---|
3234 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3235 | </para>
|
---|
3236 | </listitem>
|
---|
3237 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3238 |
|
---|
3239 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3240 | <term>
|
---|
3241 | <computeroutput>About</computeroutput>
|
---|
3242 | </term>
|
---|
3243 |
|
---|
3244 | <listitem>
|
---|
3245 | <para>
|
---|
3246 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">About</emphasis>
|
---|
3247 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3248 | </para>
|
---|
3249 | </listitem>
|
---|
3250 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3251 |
|
---|
3252 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3253 |
|
---|
3254 | <para>
|
---|
3255 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3256 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3257 | </para>
|
---|
3258 |
|
---|
3259 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeMenus</screen>
|
---|
3260 |
|
---|
3261 | <para>
|
---|
3262 | Use the following command to disable certain actions of the
|
---|
3263 | <emphasis role="bold">Machine</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3264 | </para>
|
---|
3265 |
|
---|
3266 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeApplicationMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3267 |
|
---|
3268 | <para>
|
---|
3269 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3270 | following keywords:
|
---|
3271 | </para>
|
---|
3272 |
|
---|
3273 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3274 |
|
---|
3275 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3276 | <term>
|
---|
3277 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3278 | </term>
|
---|
3279 |
|
---|
3280 | <listitem>
|
---|
3281 | <para>
|
---|
3282 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3283 | </para>
|
---|
3284 | </listitem>
|
---|
3285 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3286 |
|
---|
3287 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3288 | <term>
|
---|
3289 | <computeroutput>SettingsDialog</computeroutput>
|
---|
3290 | </term>
|
---|
3291 |
|
---|
3292 | <listitem>
|
---|
3293 | <para>
|
---|
3294 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Settings</emphasis>
|
---|
3295 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3296 | </para>
|
---|
3297 | </listitem>
|
---|
3298 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3299 |
|
---|
3300 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3301 | <term>
|
---|
3302 | <computeroutput>TakeSnapshot</computeroutput>
|
---|
3303 | </term>
|
---|
3304 |
|
---|
3305 | <listitem>
|
---|
3306 | <para>
|
---|
3307 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Take
|
---|
3308 | Snapshot</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3309 | </para>
|
---|
3310 | </listitem>
|
---|
3311 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3312 |
|
---|
3313 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3314 | <term>
|
---|
3315 | <computeroutput>TakeScreenshot</computeroutput>
|
---|
3316 | </term>
|
---|
3317 |
|
---|
3318 | <listitem>
|
---|
3319 | <para>
|
---|
3320 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Take
|
---|
3321 | Screenshot</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3322 | </para>
|
---|
3323 | </listitem>
|
---|
3324 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3325 |
|
---|
3326 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3327 | <term>
|
---|
3328 | <computeroutput>InformationDialog</computeroutput>
|
---|
3329 | </term>
|
---|
3330 |
|
---|
3331 | <listitem>
|
---|
3332 | <para>
|
---|
3333 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Session
|
---|
3334 | Information</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3335 | </para>
|
---|
3336 | </listitem>
|
---|
3337 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3338 |
|
---|
3339 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3340 | <term>
|
---|
3341 | <computeroutput>MouseIntegration</computeroutput>
|
---|
3342 | </term>
|
---|
3343 |
|
---|
3344 | <listitem>
|
---|
3345 | <para>
|
---|
3346 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Disable Mouse
|
---|
3347 | Integration</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3348 | </para>
|
---|
3349 | </listitem>
|
---|
3350 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3351 |
|
---|
3352 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3353 | <term>
|
---|
3354 | <computeroutput>TypeCAD</computeroutput>
|
---|
3355 | </term>
|
---|
3356 |
|
---|
3357 | <listitem>
|
---|
3358 | <para>
|
---|
3359 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Insert
|
---|
3360 | Ctrl+Alt+Del</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3361 | </para>
|
---|
3362 | </listitem>
|
---|
3363 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3364 |
|
---|
3365 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3366 | <term>
|
---|
3367 | <computeroutput>TypeCABS</computeroutput>
|
---|
3368 | </term>
|
---|
3369 |
|
---|
3370 | <listitem>
|
---|
3371 | <para>
|
---|
3372 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Insert
|
---|
3373 | Ctrl+Alt+Backspace</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3374 | Available on X11 hosts only.
|
---|
3375 | </para>
|
---|
3376 | </listitem>
|
---|
3377 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3378 |
|
---|
3379 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3380 | <term>
|
---|
3381 | <computeroutput>Pause</computeroutput>
|
---|
3382 | </term>
|
---|
3383 |
|
---|
3384 | <listitem>
|
---|
3385 | <para>
|
---|
3386 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Pause</emphasis>
|
---|
3387 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3388 | </para>
|
---|
3389 | </listitem>
|
---|
3390 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3391 |
|
---|
3392 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3393 | <term>
|
---|
3394 | <computeroutput>Reset</computeroutput>
|
---|
3395 | </term>
|
---|
3396 |
|
---|
3397 | <listitem>
|
---|
3398 | <para>
|
---|
3399 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Reset</emphasis>
|
---|
3400 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3401 | </para>
|
---|
3402 | </listitem>
|
---|
3403 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3404 |
|
---|
3405 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3406 | <term>
|
---|
3407 | <computeroutput>SaveState</computeroutput>
|
---|
3408 | </term>
|
---|
3409 |
|
---|
3410 | <listitem>
|
---|
3411 | <para>
|
---|
3412 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Save the machine
|
---|
3413 | state</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3414 | </para>
|
---|
3415 | </listitem>
|
---|
3416 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3417 |
|
---|
3418 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3419 | <term>
|
---|
3420 | <computeroutput>Shutdown</computeroutput>
|
---|
3421 | </term>
|
---|
3422 |
|
---|
3423 | <listitem>
|
---|
3424 | <para>
|
---|
3425 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">ACPI
|
---|
3426 | Shutdown</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3427 | </para>
|
---|
3428 | </listitem>
|
---|
3429 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3430 |
|
---|
3431 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3432 | <term>
|
---|
3433 | <computeroutput>PowerOff</computeroutput>
|
---|
3434 | </term>
|
---|
3435 |
|
---|
3436 | <listitem>
|
---|
3437 | <para>
|
---|
3438 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Power Off the
|
---|
3439 | machine</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3440 | </para>
|
---|
3441 | </listitem>
|
---|
3442 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3443 |
|
---|
3444 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3445 |
|
---|
3446 | <para>
|
---|
3447 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3448 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3449 | </para>
|
---|
3450 |
|
---|
3451 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeApplicationMenuActions</screen>
|
---|
3452 |
|
---|
3453 | <para>
|
---|
3454 | Use the following command to disable certain actions of the
|
---|
3455 | <emphasis role="bold">View</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3456 | </para>
|
---|
3457 |
|
---|
3458 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeViewMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3459 |
|
---|
3460 | <para>
|
---|
3461 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3462 | following keywords:
|
---|
3463 | </para>
|
---|
3464 |
|
---|
3465 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3466 |
|
---|
3467 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3468 | <term>
|
---|
3469 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3470 | </term>
|
---|
3471 |
|
---|
3472 | <listitem>
|
---|
3473 | <para>
|
---|
3474 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3475 | </para>
|
---|
3476 | </listitem>
|
---|
3477 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3478 |
|
---|
3479 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3480 | <term>
|
---|
3481 | <computeroutput>Fullscreen</computeroutput>
|
---|
3482 | </term>
|
---|
3483 |
|
---|
3484 | <listitem>
|
---|
3485 | <para>
|
---|
3486 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Switch to
|
---|
3487 | Fullscreen</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3488 | </para>
|
---|
3489 | </listitem>
|
---|
3490 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3491 |
|
---|
3492 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3493 | <term>
|
---|
3494 | <computeroutput>Seamless</computeroutput>
|
---|
3495 | </term>
|
---|
3496 |
|
---|
3497 | <listitem>
|
---|
3498 | <para>
|
---|
3499 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Switch to Seamless
|
---|
3500 | Mode</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3501 | </para>
|
---|
3502 | </listitem>
|
---|
3503 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3504 |
|
---|
3505 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3506 | <term>
|
---|
3507 | <computeroutput>Scale</computeroutput>
|
---|
3508 | </term>
|
---|
3509 |
|
---|
3510 | <listitem>
|
---|
3511 | <para>
|
---|
3512 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Switch to Scaled
|
---|
3513 | Mode</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3514 | </para>
|
---|
3515 | </listitem>
|
---|
3516 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3517 |
|
---|
3518 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3519 | <term>
|
---|
3520 | <computeroutput>GuestAutoresize</computeroutput>
|
---|
3521 | </term>
|
---|
3522 |
|
---|
3523 | <listitem>
|
---|
3524 | <para>
|
---|
3525 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Auto-resize Guest
|
---|
3526 | Display</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3527 | </para>
|
---|
3528 | </listitem>
|
---|
3529 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3530 |
|
---|
3531 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3532 | <term>
|
---|
3533 | <computeroutput>AdjustWindow</computeroutput>
|
---|
3534 | </term>
|
---|
3535 |
|
---|
3536 | <listitem>
|
---|
3537 | <para>
|
---|
3538 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Adjust Window
|
---|
3539 | Size</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3540 | </para>
|
---|
3541 | </listitem>
|
---|
3542 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3543 |
|
---|
3544 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3545 | <term>
|
---|
3546 | <computeroutput>Multiscreen</computeroutput>
|
---|
3547 | </term>
|
---|
3548 |
|
---|
3549 | <listitem>
|
---|
3550 | <para>
|
---|
3551 | Do not show the
|
---|
3552 | <emphasis role="bold">Multiscreen</emphasis> menu item in
|
---|
3553 | this menu. Only visible in full screen/seamless mode.
|
---|
3554 | </para>
|
---|
3555 | </listitem>
|
---|
3556 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3557 |
|
---|
3558 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3559 |
|
---|
3560 | <para>
|
---|
3561 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3562 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3563 | </para>
|
---|
3564 |
|
---|
3565 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeViewMenuActions</screen>
|
---|
3566 |
|
---|
3567 | <para>
|
---|
3568 | Use the following command to disable certain actions of the
|
---|
3569 | <emphasis role="bold">View</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3570 | </para>
|
---|
3571 |
|
---|
3572 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeDevicesMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3573 |
|
---|
3574 | <para>
|
---|
3575 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3576 | following keywords to disable actions in the
|
---|
3577 | <emphasis role="bold">Devices</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3578 | </para>
|
---|
3579 |
|
---|
3580 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3581 |
|
---|
3582 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3583 | <term>
|
---|
3584 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3585 | </term>
|
---|
3586 |
|
---|
3587 | <listitem>
|
---|
3588 | <para>
|
---|
3589 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3590 | </para>
|
---|
3591 | </listitem>
|
---|
3592 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3593 |
|
---|
3594 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3595 | <term>
|
---|
3596 | <computeroutput>OpticalDevices</computeroutput>
|
---|
3597 | </term>
|
---|
3598 |
|
---|
3599 | <listitem>
|
---|
3600 | <para>
|
---|
3601 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">CD/DVD
|
---|
3602 | Devices</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3603 | </para>
|
---|
3604 | </listitem>
|
---|
3605 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3606 |
|
---|
3607 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3608 | <term>
|
---|
3609 | <computeroutput>FloppyDevices</computeroutput>
|
---|
3610 | </term>
|
---|
3611 |
|
---|
3612 | <listitem>
|
---|
3613 | <para>
|
---|
3614 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Floppy
|
---|
3615 | Devices</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3616 | </para>
|
---|
3617 | </listitem>
|
---|
3618 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3619 |
|
---|
3620 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3621 | <term>
|
---|
3622 | <computeroutput>USBDevices</computeroutput>
|
---|
3623 | </term>
|
---|
3624 |
|
---|
3625 | <listitem>
|
---|
3626 | <para>
|
---|
3627 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">USB
|
---|
3628 | Devices</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3629 | </para>
|
---|
3630 | </listitem>
|
---|
3631 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3632 |
|
---|
3633 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3634 | <term>
|
---|
3635 | <computeroutput>SharedClipboard</computeroutput>
|
---|
3636 | </term>
|
---|
3637 |
|
---|
3638 | <listitem>
|
---|
3639 | <para>
|
---|
3640 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Shared
|
---|
3641 | Clipboard</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3642 | </para>
|
---|
3643 | </listitem>
|
---|
3644 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3645 |
|
---|
3646 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3647 | <term>
|
---|
3648 | <computeroutput>DragAndDrop</computeroutput>
|
---|
3649 | </term>
|
---|
3650 |
|
---|
3651 | <listitem>
|
---|
3652 | <para>
|
---|
3653 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Drag and
|
---|
3654 | Drop</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3655 | </para>
|
---|
3656 | </listitem>
|
---|
3657 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3658 |
|
---|
3659 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3660 | <term>
|
---|
3661 | <computeroutput>NetworkSettings</computeroutput>
|
---|
3662 | </term>
|
---|
3663 |
|
---|
3664 | <listitem>
|
---|
3665 | <para>
|
---|
3666 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Network
|
---|
3667 | Settings...</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3668 | </para>
|
---|
3669 | </listitem>
|
---|
3670 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3671 |
|
---|
3672 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3673 | <term>
|
---|
3674 | <computeroutput>SharedFoldersSettings</computeroutput>
|
---|
3675 | </term>
|
---|
3676 |
|
---|
3677 | <listitem>
|
---|
3678 | <para>
|
---|
3679 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Shared Folders
|
---|
3680 | Settings...</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3681 | </para>
|
---|
3682 | </listitem>
|
---|
3683 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3684 |
|
---|
3685 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3686 | <term>
|
---|
3687 | <computeroutput>VRDEServer</computeroutput>
|
---|
3688 | </term>
|
---|
3689 |
|
---|
3690 | <listitem>
|
---|
3691 | <para>
|
---|
3692 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Remove
|
---|
3693 | Display</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3694 | </para>
|
---|
3695 | </listitem>
|
---|
3696 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3697 |
|
---|
3698 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3699 | <term>
|
---|
3700 | <computeroutput>InstallGuestTools</computeroutput>
|
---|
3701 | </term>
|
---|
3702 |
|
---|
3703 | <listitem>
|
---|
3704 | <para>
|
---|
3705 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Insert Guest
|
---|
3706 | Additions CD image...</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3707 | </para>
|
---|
3708 | </listitem>
|
---|
3709 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3710 |
|
---|
3711 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3712 |
|
---|
3713 | <para>
|
---|
3714 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3715 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3716 | </para>
|
---|
3717 |
|
---|
3718 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeDevicesMenuActions</screen>
|
---|
3719 |
|
---|
3720 | <para>
|
---|
3721 | Use the following command to disable certain actions of the
|
---|
3722 | <emphasis role="bold">View</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3723 | </para>
|
---|
3724 |
|
---|
3725 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeDebuggerMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3726 |
|
---|
3727 | <para>
|
---|
3728 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3729 | following keywords to disable actions in the
|
---|
3730 | <emphasis>Debug</emphasis> menu, which is normally completely
|
---|
3731 | disabled:
|
---|
3732 | </para>
|
---|
3733 |
|
---|
3734 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3735 |
|
---|
3736 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3737 | <term>
|
---|
3738 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3739 | </term>
|
---|
3740 |
|
---|
3741 | <listitem>
|
---|
3742 | <para>
|
---|
3743 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3744 | </para>
|
---|
3745 | </listitem>
|
---|
3746 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3747 |
|
---|
3748 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3749 | <term>
|
---|
3750 | <computeroutput>Statistics</computeroutput>
|
---|
3751 | </term>
|
---|
3752 |
|
---|
3753 | <listitem>
|
---|
3754 | <para>
|
---|
3755 | Do not show the
|
---|
3756 | <emphasis role="bold">Statistics...</emphasis> menu item
|
---|
3757 | in this menu.
|
---|
3758 | </para>
|
---|
3759 | </listitem>
|
---|
3760 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3761 |
|
---|
3762 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3763 | <term>
|
---|
3764 | <computeroutput>CommandLine</computeroutput>
|
---|
3765 | </term>
|
---|
3766 |
|
---|
3767 | <listitem>
|
---|
3768 | <para>
|
---|
3769 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Command
|
---|
3770 | Line...</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3771 | </para>
|
---|
3772 | </listitem>
|
---|
3773 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3774 |
|
---|
3775 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3776 | <term>
|
---|
3777 | <computeroutput>Logging</computeroutput>
|
---|
3778 | </term>
|
---|
3779 |
|
---|
3780 | <listitem>
|
---|
3781 | <para>
|
---|
3782 | Do not show the
|
---|
3783 | <emphasis role="bold">Logging...</emphasis> menu item in
|
---|
3784 | this menu.
|
---|
3785 | </para>
|
---|
3786 | </listitem>
|
---|
3787 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3788 |
|
---|
3789 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3790 | <term>
|
---|
3791 | <computeroutput>LogDialog</computeroutput>
|
---|
3792 | </term>
|
---|
3793 |
|
---|
3794 | <listitem>
|
---|
3795 | <para>
|
---|
3796 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Show
|
---|
3797 | Log...</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3798 | </para>
|
---|
3799 | </listitem>
|
---|
3800 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3801 |
|
---|
3802 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3803 |
|
---|
3804 | <para>
|
---|
3805 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3806 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3807 | </para>
|
---|
3808 |
|
---|
3809 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeDebuggerMenuActions</screen>
|
---|
3810 |
|
---|
3811 | <para>
|
---|
3812 | Use the following command to disable certain actions of the
|
---|
3813 | <emphasis role="bold">View</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3814 | </para>
|
---|
3815 |
|
---|
3816 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeHelpMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3817 |
|
---|
3818 | <para>
|
---|
3819 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3820 | following keywords to disable actions in the
|
---|
3821 | <emphasis role="bold">Help</emphasis> menu, which is normally
|
---|
3822 | completely disabled:
|
---|
3823 | </para>
|
---|
3824 |
|
---|
3825 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3826 |
|
---|
3827 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3828 | <term>
|
---|
3829 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3830 | </term>
|
---|
3831 |
|
---|
3832 | <listitem>
|
---|
3833 | <para>
|
---|
3834 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3835 | </para>
|
---|
3836 | </listitem>
|
---|
3837 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3838 |
|
---|
3839 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3840 | <term>
|
---|
3841 | <computeroutput>Contents</computeroutput>
|
---|
3842 | </term>
|
---|
3843 |
|
---|
3844 | <listitem>
|
---|
3845 | <para>
|
---|
3846 | Do not show the
|
---|
3847 | <emphasis role="bold">Contents...</emphasis> menu item in
|
---|
3848 | this menu.
|
---|
3849 | </para>
|
---|
3850 | </listitem>
|
---|
3851 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3852 |
|
---|
3853 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3854 | <term>
|
---|
3855 | <computeroutput>WebSite</computeroutput>
|
---|
3856 | </term>
|
---|
3857 |
|
---|
3858 | <listitem>
|
---|
3859 | <para>
|
---|
3860 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">VirtualBox Web
|
---|
3861 | Site...</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3862 | </para>
|
---|
3863 | </listitem>
|
---|
3864 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3865 |
|
---|
3866 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3867 | <term>
|
---|
3868 | <computeroutput>ResetWarnings</computeroutput>
|
---|
3869 | </term>
|
---|
3870 |
|
---|
3871 | <listitem>
|
---|
3872 | <para>
|
---|
3873 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Reset All
|
---|
3874 | Warnings</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3875 | </para>
|
---|
3876 | </listitem>
|
---|
3877 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3878 |
|
---|
3879 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3880 | <term>
|
---|
3881 | <computeroutput>NetworkAccessManager</computeroutput>
|
---|
3882 | </term>
|
---|
3883 |
|
---|
3884 | <listitem>
|
---|
3885 | <para>
|
---|
3886 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">Network Operations
|
---|
3887 | Manager</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3888 | </para>
|
---|
3889 | </listitem>
|
---|
3890 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3891 |
|
---|
3892 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3893 | <term>
|
---|
3894 | <computeroutput>About</computeroutput>
|
---|
3895 | </term>
|
---|
3896 |
|
---|
3897 | <listitem>
|
---|
3898 | <para>
|
---|
3899 | Do not show the <emphasis role="bold">About</emphasis>
|
---|
3900 | menu item in this menu. Only for non-Mac OS X hosts.
|
---|
3901 | </para>
|
---|
3902 | </listitem>
|
---|
3903 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3904 |
|
---|
3905 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3906 | <term>
|
---|
3907 | <computeroutput>Contents</computeroutput>
|
---|
3908 | </term>
|
---|
3909 |
|
---|
3910 | <listitem>
|
---|
3911 | <para>
|
---|
3912 | Do not show the
|
---|
3913 | <emphasis role="bold">Contents...</emphasis> menu item in
|
---|
3914 | this menu.
|
---|
3915 | </para>
|
---|
3916 | </listitem>
|
---|
3917 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3918 |
|
---|
3919 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3920 | <term>
|
---|
3921 | <computeroutput>Contents</computeroutput>
|
---|
3922 | </term>
|
---|
3923 |
|
---|
3924 | <listitem>
|
---|
3925 | <para>
|
---|
3926 | Do not show the
|
---|
3927 | <emphasis role="bold">Contents...</emphasis> menu item in
|
---|
3928 | this menu.
|
---|
3929 | </para>
|
---|
3930 | </listitem>
|
---|
3931 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3932 |
|
---|
3933 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3934 |
|
---|
3935 | <para>
|
---|
3936 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3937 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3938 | </para>
|
---|
3939 |
|
---|
3940 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeHelpMenuActions</screen>
|
---|
3941 |
|
---|
3942 | </sect2>
|
---|
3943 |
|
---|
3944 | <sect2 id="config-vm-window-status-bar">
|
---|
3945 |
|
---|
3946 | <title>Configure VM Window Status Bar Entries</title>
|
---|
3947 |
|
---|
3948 | <para>
|
---|
3949 | You can disable, or blacklist, certain status bar items:
|
---|
3950 | </para>
|
---|
3951 |
|
---|
3952 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedStatusBarIndicators OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3953 |
|
---|
3954 | <para>
|
---|
3955 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3956 | following keywords:
|
---|
3957 | </para>
|
---|
3958 |
|
---|
3959 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3960 |
|
---|
3961 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3962 | <term>
|
---|
3963 | <computeroutput>HardDisks</computeroutput>
|
---|
3964 | </term>
|
---|
3965 |
|
---|
3966 | <listitem>
|
---|
3967 | <para>
|
---|
3968 | Do not show the hard disk icon in the VM window status
|
---|
3969 | bar. By default the hard disk icon is only shown if the VM
|
---|
3970 | configuration contains one or more hard disks.
|
---|
3971 | </para>
|
---|
3972 | </listitem>
|
---|
3973 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3974 |
|
---|
3975 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3976 | <term>
|
---|
3977 | <computeroutput>OpticalDisks</computeroutput>
|
---|
3978 | </term>
|
---|
3979 |
|
---|
3980 | <listitem>
|
---|
3981 | <para>
|
---|
3982 | Do not show the CD icon in the VM window status bar. By
|
---|
3983 | default the CD icon is only shown if the VM configuration
|
---|
3984 | contains one or more CD drives.
|
---|
3985 | </para>
|
---|
3986 | </listitem>
|
---|
3987 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3988 |
|
---|
3989 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3990 | <term>
|
---|
3991 | <computeroutput>FloppyDisks</computeroutput>
|
---|
3992 | </term>
|
---|
3993 |
|
---|
3994 | <listitem>
|
---|
3995 | <para>
|
---|
3996 | Do not show the floppy icon in the VM window status bar.
|
---|
3997 | By default the floppy icon is only shown if the VM
|
---|
3998 | configuration contains one or more floppy drives.
|
---|
3999 | </para>
|
---|
4000 | </listitem>
|
---|
4001 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4002 |
|
---|
4003 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4004 | <term>
|
---|
4005 | <computeroutput>Network</computeroutput>
|
---|
4006 | </term>
|
---|
4007 |
|
---|
4008 | <listitem>
|
---|
4009 | <para>
|
---|
4010 | Do not show the network icon in the VM window status bar.
|
---|
4011 | By default the network icon is only shown if the VM
|
---|
4012 | configuration contains one or more active network
|
---|
4013 | adapters.
|
---|
4014 | </para>
|
---|
4015 | </listitem>
|
---|
4016 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4017 |
|
---|
4018 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4019 | <term>
|
---|
4020 | <computeroutput>USB</computeroutput>
|
---|
4021 | </term>
|
---|
4022 |
|
---|
4023 | <listitem>
|
---|
4024 | <para>
|
---|
4025 | Do not show the USB icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4026 | </para>
|
---|
4027 | </listitem>
|
---|
4028 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4029 |
|
---|
4030 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4031 | <term>
|
---|
4032 | <computeroutput>SharedFolders</computeroutput>
|
---|
4033 | </term>
|
---|
4034 |
|
---|
4035 | <listitem>
|
---|
4036 | <para>
|
---|
4037 | Do not show the shared folders icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4038 | </para>
|
---|
4039 | </listitem>
|
---|
4040 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4041 |
|
---|
4042 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4043 | <term>
|
---|
4044 | <computeroutput>Capture</computeroutput>
|
---|
4045 | </term>
|
---|
4046 |
|
---|
4047 | <listitem>
|
---|
4048 | <para>
|
---|
4049 | Do not show the capture icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4050 | </para>
|
---|
4051 | </listitem>
|
---|
4052 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4053 |
|
---|
4054 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4055 | <term>
|
---|
4056 | <computeroutput>Features</computeroutput>
|
---|
4057 | </term>
|
---|
4058 |
|
---|
4059 | <listitem>
|
---|
4060 | <para>
|
---|
4061 | Do not show the CPU features icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4062 | </para>
|
---|
4063 | </listitem>
|
---|
4064 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4065 |
|
---|
4066 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4067 | <term>
|
---|
4068 | <computeroutput>Mouse</computeroutput>
|
---|
4069 | </term>
|
---|
4070 |
|
---|
4071 | <listitem>
|
---|
4072 | <para>
|
---|
4073 | Do not show the mouse icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4074 | </para>
|
---|
4075 | </listitem>
|
---|
4076 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4077 |
|
---|
4078 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4079 | <term>
|
---|
4080 | <computeroutput>Keyboard</computeroutput>
|
---|
4081 | </term>
|
---|
4082 |
|
---|
4083 | <listitem>
|
---|
4084 | <para>
|
---|
4085 | Do not show the keyboard icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4086 | </para>
|
---|
4087 | </listitem>
|
---|
4088 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4089 |
|
---|
4090 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4091 |
|
---|
4092 | <para>
|
---|
4093 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
4094 | allowed. If all options are specified, no icons are displayed in
|
---|
4095 | the status bar of the VM window. To restore the default
|
---|
4096 | behavior, use
|
---|
4097 | </para>
|
---|
4098 |
|
---|
4099 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedStatusBarIndicators</screen>
|
---|
4100 |
|
---|
4101 | </sect2>
|
---|
4102 |
|
---|
4103 | <sect2 id="config-vm-window-visual-modes">
|
---|
4104 |
|
---|
4105 | <title>Configure VM Window Visual Modes</title>
|
---|
4106 |
|
---|
4107 | <para>
|
---|
4108 | You can disable, or blacklist, certain VM visual modes:
|
---|
4109 | </para>
|
---|
4110 |
|
---|
4111 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedVisualStates OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
4112 |
|
---|
4113 | <para>
|
---|
4114 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4115 | following keywords:
|
---|
4116 | </para>
|
---|
4117 |
|
---|
4118 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4119 |
|
---|
4120 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4121 | <term>
|
---|
4122 | <computeroutput>Fullscreen</computeroutput>
|
---|
4123 | </term>
|
---|
4124 |
|
---|
4125 | <listitem>
|
---|
4126 | <para>
|
---|
4127 | Do not allow to switch the VM into full screen mode.
|
---|
4128 | </para>
|
---|
4129 | </listitem>
|
---|
4130 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4131 |
|
---|
4132 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4133 | <term>
|
---|
4134 | <computeroutput>Seamless</computeroutput>
|
---|
4135 | </term>
|
---|
4136 |
|
---|
4137 | <listitem>
|
---|
4138 | <para>
|
---|
4139 | Do not allow to switch the VM into seamless mode.
|
---|
4140 | </para>
|
---|
4141 | </listitem>
|
---|
4142 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4143 |
|
---|
4144 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4145 | <term>
|
---|
4146 | <computeroutput>Scale</computeroutput>
|
---|
4147 | </term>
|
---|
4148 |
|
---|
4149 | <listitem>
|
---|
4150 | <para>
|
---|
4151 | Do not allow to switch the VM into scale mode.
|
---|
4152 | </para>
|
---|
4153 | </listitem>
|
---|
4154 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4155 |
|
---|
4156 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4157 |
|
---|
4158 | <para>
|
---|
4159 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
4160 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
4161 | </para>
|
---|
4162 |
|
---|
4163 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedVisualStates</screen>
|
---|
4164 |
|
---|
4165 | </sect2>
|
---|
4166 |
|
---|
4167 | <sect2 id="host-key-customize">
|
---|
4168 |
|
---|
4169 | <title>Host Key Customization</title>
|
---|
4170 |
|
---|
4171 | <para>
|
---|
4172 | To disable all Host key combinations, open the preferences and
|
---|
4173 | change the Host key to None. This might be useful when using
|
---|
4174 | &product-name; in a kiosk mode.
|
---|
4175 | </para>
|
---|
4176 |
|
---|
4177 | <para>
|
---|
4178 | To redefine or disable certain Host key actions, use the
|
---|
4179 | following command:
|
---|
4180 | </para>
|
---|
4181 |
|
---|
4182 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Input/MachineShortcuts "FullscreenMode=F,...."</screen>
|
---|
4183 |
|
---|
4184 | <para>
|
---|
4185 | The following table shows the possible Host key actions,
|
---|
4186 | together with their default Host key shortcut. Setting an action
|
---|
4187 | to None will disable that Host key action.
|
---|
4188 | </para>
|
---|
4189 |
|
---|
4190 | <table id="table-host-key-customize" tabstyle="oracle-all">
|
---|
4191 | <title>Host Key Customization</title>
|
---|
4192 | <tgroup cols="3">
|
---|
4193 | <thead>
|
---|
4194 | <row>
|
---|
4195 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4196 | <emphasis role="bold">Action</emphasis>
|
---|
4197 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4198 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4199 | <emphasis role="bold">Default Key</emphasis>
|
---|
4200 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4201 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4202 | <emphasis role="bold">Action</emphasis>
|
---|
4203 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4204 | </row>
|
---|
4205 | </thead>
|
---|
4206 | <tbody>
|
---|
4207 | <row>
|
---|
4208 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4209 | <computeroutput>TakeSnapshot</computeroutput>
|
---|
4210 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4211 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4212 | T
|
---|
4213 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4214 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4215 | Take a snapshot
|
---|
4216 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4217 | </row>
|
---|
4218 | <row>
|
---|
4219 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4220 | <computeroutput>TakeScreenshot</computeroutput>
|
---|
4221 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4222 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4223 | E
|
---|
4224 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4225 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4226 | Take a screenshot
|
---|
4227 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4228 | </row>
|
---|
4229 | <row>
|
---|
4230 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4231 | <computeroutput>MouseIntegration</computeroutput>
|
---|
4232 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4233 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4234 | I
|
---|
4235 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4236 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4237 | Toggle mouse integration
|
---|
4238 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4239 | </row>
|
---|
4240 | <row>
|
---|
4241 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4242 | <computeroutput>TypeCAD</computeroutput>
|
---|
4243 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4244 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4245 | Del
|
---|
4246 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4247 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4248 | Inject Ctrl+Alt+Del
|
---|
4249 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4250 | </row>
|
---|
4251 | <row>
|
---|
4252 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4253 | <computeroutput>TypeCABS</computeroutput>
|
---|
4254 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4255 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4256 | Backspace
|
---|
4257 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4258 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4259 | Inject Ctrl+Alt+Backspace
|
---|
4260 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4261 | </row>
|
---|
4262 | <row>
|
---|
4263 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4264 | <computeroutput>Pause</computeroutput>
|
---|
4265 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4266 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4267 | P
|
---|
4268 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4269 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4270 | Pause the VM
|
---|
4271 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4272 | </row>
|
---|
4273 | <row>
|
---|
4274 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4275 | <computeroutput>Reset</computeroutput>
|
---|
4276 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4277 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4278 | R
|
---|
4279 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4280 | <entry>Hard reset the guest</entry>
|
---|
4281 | </row>
|
---|
4282 | <row>
|
---|
4283 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4284 | <computeroutput>SaveState</computeroutput>
|
---|
4285 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4286 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
4287 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4288 | Save the VM state and terminate the VM
|
---|
4289 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4290 | </row>
|
---|
4291 | <row>
|
---|
4292 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4293 | <computeroutput>Shutdown</computeroutput>
|
---|
4294 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4295 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4296 | H
|
---|
4297 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4298 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4299 | Press the virtual ACPI power button
|
---|
4300 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4301 | </row>
|
---|
4302 | <row>
|
---|
4303 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4304 | <computeroutput>PowerOff</computeroutput>
|
---|
4305 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4306 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
4307 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4308 | Power off the VM without saving the state
|
---|
4309 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4310 | </row>
|
---|
4311 | <row>
|
---|
4312 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4313 | <computeroutput>Close</computeroutput>
|
---|
4314 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4315 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4316 | Q
|
---|
4317 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4318 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4319 | Show the Close VM dialog
|
---|
4320 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4321 | </row>
|
---|
4322 | <row>
|
---|
4323 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4324 | <computeroutput>FullscreenMode</computeroutput>
|
---|
4325 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4326 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4327 | F
|
---|
4328 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4329 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4330 | Switch the VM into full screen mode
|
---|
4331 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4332 | </row>
|
---|
4333 | <row>
|
---|
4334 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4335 | <computeroutput>SeamlessMode</computeroutput>
|
---|
4336 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4337 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4338 | L
|
---|
4339 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4340 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4341 | Switch the VM into seamless mode
|
---|
4342 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4343 | </row>
|
---|
4344 | <row>
|
---|
4345 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4346 | <computeroutput>ScaleMode</computeroutput>
|
---|
4347 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4348 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4349 | C
|
---|
4350 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4351 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4352 | Switch the VM into scaled mode
|
---|
4353 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4354 | </row>
|
---|
4355 | <row>
|
---|
4356 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4357 | <computeroutput>GuestAutoResize</computeroutput>
|
---|
4358 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4359 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4360 | G
|
---|
4361 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4362 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4363 | Automatically resize the guest window
|
---|
4364 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4365 | </row>
|
---|
4366 | <row>
|
---|
4367 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4368 | <computeroutput>WindowAdjust</computeroutput>
|
---|
4369 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4370 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4371 | A
|
---|
4372 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4373 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4374 | Immediately resize the guest window
|
---|
4375 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4376 | </row>
|
---|
4377 | <row>
|
---|
4378 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4379 | <computeroutput>PopupMenu</computeroutput>
|
---|
4380 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4381 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4382 | Home
|
---|
4383 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4384 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4385 | Show the popup menu in full screen mode and seamless
|
---|
4386 | mode
|
---|
4387 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4388 | </row>
|
---|
4389 | <row>
|
---|
4390 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4391 | <computeroutput>SettingsDialog</computeroutput>
|
---|
4392 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4393 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4394 | S
|
---|
4395 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4396 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4397 | Open the VM Settings dialog
|
---|
4398 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4399 | </row>
|
---|
4400 | <row>
|
---|
4401 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4402 | <computeroutput>InformationDialog</computeroutput>
|
---|
4403 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4404 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4405 | N
|
---|
4406 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4407 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4408 | Show the VM Session Information window
|
---|
4409 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4410 | </row>
|
---|
4411 | <row>
|
---|
4412 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4413 | <computeroutput>NetworkAdaptersDialog</computeroutput>
|
---|
4414 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4415 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
4416 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4417 | Show the VM Network Adapters dialog
|
---|
4418 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4419 | </row>
|
---|
4420 | <row>
|
---|
4421 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4422 | <computeroutput>SharedFoldersDialog</computeroutput>
|
---|
4423 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4424 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
4425 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4426 | Show the VM Shared Folders dialog
|
---|
4427 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4428 | </row>
|
---|
4429 | <row>
|
---|
4430 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4431 | <computeroutput>InstallGuestAdditions</computeroutput>
|
---|
4432 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4433 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4434 | D
|
---|
4435 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4436 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4437 | Mount the ISO containing the Guest Additions
|
---|
4438 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4439 | </row>
|
---|
4440 | </tbody>
|
---|
4441 | </tgroup>
|
---|
4442 | </table>
|
---|
4443 |
|
---|
4444 | <para>
|
---|
4445 | To disable full screen mode and seamless mode, use the following
|
---|
4446 | command:
|
---|
4447 | </para>
|
---|
4448 |
|
---|
4449 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Input/MachineShortcuts "FullscreenMode=None,SeamlessMode=None"</screen>
|
---|
4450 |
|
---|
4451 | </sect2>
|
---|
4452 |
|
---|
4453 | <sect2 id="terminate-vm-action">
|
---|
4454 |
|
---|
4455 | <title>Action when Terminating the VM</title>
|
---|
4456 |
|
---|
4457 | <para>
|
---|
4458 | You can disallow, or blacklist, certain actions when terminating
|
---|
4459 | a VM. To disallow specific actions, use the following command:
|
---|
4460 | </para>
|
---|
4461 |
|
---|
4462 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedCloseActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
4463 |
|
---|
4464 | <para>
|
---|
4465 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4466 | following keywords:
|
---|
4467 | </para>
|
---|
4468 |
|
---|
4469 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4470 |
|
---|
4471 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4472 | <term>
|
---|
4473 | <computeroutput>SaveState</computeroutput>
|
---|
4474 | </term>
|
---|
4475 |
|
---|
4476 | <listitem>
|
---|
4477 | <para>
|
---|
4478 | Do not allow the user to save the VM state when
|
---|
4479 | terminating the VM.
|
---|
4480 | </para>
|
---|
4481 | </listitem>
|
---|
4482 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4483 |
|
---|
4484 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4485 | <term>
|
---|
4486 | <computeroutput>Shutdown</computeroutput>
|
---|
4487 | </term>
|
---|
4488 |
|
---|
4489 | <listitem>
|
---|
4490 | <para>
|
---|
4491 | Do not allow the user to shutdown the VM by sending the
|
---|
4492 | ACPI power-off event to the guest.
|
---|
4493 | </para>
|
---|
4494 | </listitem>
|
---|
4495 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4496 |
|
---|
4497 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4498 | <term>
|
---|
4499 | <computeroutput>PowerOff</computeroutput>
|
---|
4500 | </term>
|
---|
4501 |
|
---|
4502 | <listitem>
|
---|
4503 | <para>
|
---|
4504 | Do not allow the user to power off the VM.
|
---|
4505 | </para>
|
---|
4506 | </listitem>
|
---|
4507 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4508 |
|
---|
4509 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4510 | <term>
|
---|
4511 | <computeroutput>PowerOffRestoringSnapshot</computeroutput>
|
---|
4512 | </term>
|
---|
4513 |
|
---|
4514 | <listitem>
|
---|
4515 | <para>
|
---|
4516 | Do not allow the user to return to the last snapshot when
|
---|
4517 | powering off the VM.
|
---|
4518 | </para>
|
---|
4519 | </listitem>
|
---|
4520 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4521 |
|
---|
4522 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4523 | <term>
|
---|
4524 | <computeroutput>Detach</computeroutput>
|
---|
4525 | </term>
|
---|
4526 |
|
---|
4527 | <listitem>
|
---|
4528 | <para>
|
---|
4529 | Do not allow the user to detach from the VM process if the
|
---|
4530 | VM was started in separate mode.
|
---|
4531 | </para>
|
---|
4532 | </listitem>
|
---|
4533 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4534 |
|
---|
4535 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4536 |
|
---|
4537 | <para>
|
---|
4538 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
4539 | allowed. If all options are specified, the VM cannot be shut
|
---|
4540 | down at all.
|
---|
4541 | </para>
|
---|
4542 |
|
---|
4543 | </sect2>
|
---|
4544 |
|
---|
4545 | <sect2 id="terminate-vm-default-action">
|
---|
4546 |
|
---|
4547 | <title>Default Action when Terminating the VM</title>
|
---|
4548 |
|
---|
4549 | <para>
|
---|
4550 | You can define a specific action for terminating a VM. In
|
---|
4551 | contrast to the setting decribed in the previous section, this
|
---|
4552 | setting allows only one action when the user terminates the VM.
|
---|
4553 | No exit menu is shown. Use the following command:
|
---|
4554 | </para>
|
---|
4555 |
|
---|
4556 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/DefaultCloseAction ACTION</screen>
|
---|
4557 |
|
---|
4558 | <para>
|
---|
4559 | where <computeroutput>ACTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4560 | following keywords:
|
---|
4561 | </para>
|
---|
4562 |
|
---|
4563 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4564 |
|
---|
4565 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4566 | <term>
|
---|
4567 | <computeroutput>SaveState</computeroutput>
|
---|
4568 | </term>
|
---|
4569 |
|
---|
4570 | <listitem>
|
---|
4571 | <para>
|
---|
4572 | Save the VM state before terminating the VM process.
|
---|
4573 | </para>
|
---|
4574 | </listitem>
|
---|
4575 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4576 |
|
---|
4577 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4578 | <term>
|
---|
4579 | <computeroutput>Shutdown</computeroutput>
|
---|
4580 | </term>
|
---|
4581 |
|
---|
4582 | <listitem>
|
---|
4583 | <para>
|
---|
4584 | The VM is shut down by sending the ACPI power-off event to
|
---|
4585 | the guest.
|
---|
4586 | </para>
|
---|
4587 | </listitem>
|
---|
4588 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4589 |
|
---|
4590 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4591 | <term>
|
---|
4592 | <computeroutput>PowerOff</computeroutput>
|
---|
4593 | </term>
|
---|
4594 |
|
---|
4595 | <listitem>
|
---|
4596 | <para>
|
---|
4597 | The VM is powered off.
|
---|
4598 | </para>
|
---|
4599 | </listitem>
|
---|
4600 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4601 |
|
---|
4602 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4603 | <term>
|
---|
4604 | <computeroutput>PowerOffRestoringSnapshot</computeroutput>
|
---|
4605 | </term>
|
---|
4606 |
|
---|
4607 | <listitem>
|
---|
4608 | <para>
|
---|
4609 | The VM is powered off and the saved state returns to the
|
---|
4610 | last snapshot.
|
---|
4611 | </para>
|
---|
4612 | </listitem>
|
---|
4613 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4614 |
|
---|
4615 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4616 | <term>
|
---|
4617 | <computeroutput>Detach</computeroutput>
|
---|
4618 | </term>
|
---|
4619 |
|
---|
4620 | <listitem>
|
---|
4621 | <para>
|
---|
4622 | Terminate the frontend but leave the VM process running.
|
---|
4623 | </para>
|
---|
4624 | </listitem>
|
---|
4625 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4626 |
|
---|
4627 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4628 |
|
---|
4629 | <para>
|
---|
4630 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
4631 | allowed. If all options are specified, the VM cannot be shut
|
---|
4632 | down at all.
|
---|
4633 | </para>
|
---|
4634 |
|
---|
4635 | </sect2>
|
---|
4636 |
|
---|
4637 | <sect2 id="guru-meditation-action">
|
---|
4638 |
|
---|
4639 | <title>Action for Handling a Guru Meditation</title>
|
---|
4640 |
|
---|
4641 | <para>
|
---|
4642 | A VM runs into a Guru Meditation if there is a problem which
|
---|
4643 | cannot be fixed by other means than terminating the process. The
|
---|
4644 | default is to show a message window which instructs the user to
|
---|
4645 | open a bug report.
|
---|
4646 | </para>
|
---|
4647 |
|
---|
4648 | <para>
|
---|
4649 | This behavior can be configured as follows:
|
---|
4650 | </para>
|
---|
4651 |
|
---|
4652 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/GuruMeditationHandler MODE</screen>
|
---|
4653 |
|
---|
4654 | <para>
|
---|
4655 | where <computeroutput>MODE</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4656 | following keywords:
|
---|
4657 | </para>
|
---|
4658 |
|
---|
4659 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4660 |
|
---|
4661 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4662 | <term>
|
---|
4663 | <computeroutput>Default</computeroutput>
|
---|
4664 | </term>
|
---|
4665 |
|
---|
4666 | <listitem>
|
---|
4667 | <para>
|
---|
4668 | A message window is shown. After the user confirmed, the
|
---|
4669 | VM is terminated.
|
---|
4670 | </para>
|
---|
4671 | </listitem>
|
---|
4672 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4673 |
|
---|
4674 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4675 | <term>
|
---|
4676 | <computeroutput>PowerOff</computeroutput>
|
---|
4677 | </term>
|
---|
4678 |
|
---|
4679 | <listitem>
|
---|
4680 | <para>
|
---|
4681 | The VM is immediately powered-off without showing any
|
---|
4682 | message window. The VM logfile will show information about
|
---|
4683 | what happened.
|
---|
4684 | </para>
|
---|
4685 | </listitem>
|
---|
4686 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4687 |
|
---|
4688 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4689 | <term>
|
---|
4690 | <computeroutput>Ignore</computeroutput>
|
---|
4691 | </term>
|
---|
4692 |
|
---|
4693 | <listitem>
|
---|
4694 | <para>
|
---|
4695 | The VM is left in stuck mode. Execution is stopped but no
|
---|
4696 | message window is shown. The VM has to be powered off
|
---|
4697 | manually.
|
---|
4698 | </para>
|
---|
4699 | </listitem>
|
---|
4700 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4701 |
|
---|
4702 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4703 |
|
---|
4704 | <para>
|
---|
4705 | This is a per-VM setting.
|
---|
4706 | </para>
|
---|
4707 |
|
---|
4708 | </sect2>
|
---|
4709 |
|
---|
4710 | <sect2 id="mouse-capture">
|
---|
4711 |
|
---|
4712 | <title>Configuring Automatic Mouse Capturing</title>
|
---|
4713 |
|
---|
4714 | <para>
|
---|
4715 | By default, the mouse is captured if the user clicks on the
|
---|
4716 | guest window and the guest expects relative mouse coordinates at
|
---|
4717 | this time. This happens if the pointing device is configured as
|
---|
4718 | PS/2 mouse and the guest has not yet started the &product-name;
|
---|
4719 | Guest Additions. For instance, the guest is booting or the Guest
|
---|
4720 | Additions are not installed, or if the pointing device is
|
---|
4721 | configured as a USB tablet but the guest has no USB driver
|
---|
4722 | loaded yet. Once the Guest Additions become active or the USB
|
---|
4723 | guest driver is started, the mouse capture is automatically
|
---|
4724 | released.
|
---|
4725 | </para>
|
---|
4726 |
|
---|
4727 | <para>
|
---|
4728 | The default behavior is sometimes not desired. Therefore it can
|
---|
4729 | be configured as follows:
|
---|
4730 | </para>
|
---|
4731 |
|
---|
4732 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/MouseCapturePolicy MODE</screen>
|
---|
4733 |
|
---|
4734 | <para>
|
---|
4735 | where <computeroutput>MODE</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4736 | following keywords:
|
---|
4737 | </para>
|
---|
4738 |
|
---|
4739 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4740 |
|
---|
4741 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4742 | <term>
|
---|
4743 | <computeroutput>Default</computeroutput>
|
---|
4744 | </term>
|
---|
4745 |
|
---|
4746 | <listitem>
|
---|
4747 | <para>
|
---|
4748 | The default behavior as described above.
|
---|
4749 | </para>
|
---|
4750 | </listitem>
|
---|
4751 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4752 |
|
---|
4753 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4754 | <term>
|
---|
4755 | <computeroutput>HostComboOnly</computeroutput>
|
---|
4756 | </term>
|
---|
4757 |
|
---|
4758 | <listitem>
|
---|
4759 | <para>
|
---|
4760 | The mouse is only captured if the Host Key is toggled.
|
---|
4761 | </para>
|
---|
4762 | </listitem>
|
---|
4763 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4764 |
|
---|
4765 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4766 | <term>
|
---|
4767 | <computeroutput>Disabled</computeroutput>
|
---|
4768 | </term>
|
---|
4769 |
|
---|
4770 | <listitem>
|
---|
4771 | <para>
|
---|
4772 | The mouse is never captured, also not by toggling the Host
|
---|
4773 | Key
|
---|
4774 | </para>
|
---|
4775 | </listitem>
|
---|
4776 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4777 |
|
---|
4778 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4779 |
|
---|
4780 | <para>
|
---|
4781 | This is a per-VM setting.
|
---|
4782 | </para>
|
---|
4783 |
|
---|
4784 | </sect2>
|
---|
4785 |
|
---|
4786 | <sect2 id="legacy-fullscreen-mode">
|
---|
4787 |
|
---|
4788 | <title>Requesting Legacy Full-Screen Mode</title>
|
---|
4789 |
|
---|
4790 | <para>
|
---|
4791 | &product-name; uses special window manager facilities to switch
|
---|
4792 | a multi-screen machine to full-screen on a multi-monitor host
|
---|
4793 | system. However, not all window managers provide these
|
---|
4794 | facilities correctly. &product-name; can be configured to use a
|
---|
4795 | legacy method of switching to full-screen mode instead, by using
|
---|
4796 | the command:
|
---|
4797 | </para>
|
---|
4798 |
|
---|
4799 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Fullscreen/LegacyMode true</screen>
|
---|
4800 |
|
---|
4801 | <para>
|
---|
4802 | You can go back to the default method by using the following
|
---|
4803 | command:
|
---|
4804 | </para>
|
---|
4805 |
|
---|
4806 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Fullscreen/LegacyMode</screen>
|
---|
4807 |
|
---|
4808 | <para>
|
---|
4809 | This is a global setting.
|
---|
4810 | </para>
|
---|
4811 |
|
---|
4812 | </sect2>
|
---|
4813 |
|
---|
4814 | <sect2 id="restrict-network-attachments">
|
---|
4815 |
|
---|
4816 | <title>Removing Certain Modes of Networking from the GUI</title>
|
---|
4817 |
|
---|
4818 | <para>
|
---|
4819 | It is possible to remove networking modes from
|
---|
4820 | &product-name; GUI. To achieve this:
|
---|
4821 | </para>
|
---|
4822 |
|
---|
4823 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/RestrictedNetworkAttachmentTypes OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
4824 |
|
---|
4825 | <para>
|
---|
4826 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4827 | following keywords:
|
---|
4828 | </para>
|
---|
4829 |
|
---|
4830 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4831 |
|
---|
4832 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4833 | <term>
|
---|
4834 | <computeroutput>NAT</computeroutput>
|
---|
4835 | </term>
|
---|
4836 |
|
---|
4837 | <listitem>
|
---|
4838 | <para>
|
---|
4839 | Remove the <emphasis role="bold">NAT</emphasis> option
|
---|
4840 | from the GUI.
|
---|
4841 | </para>
|
---|
4842 | </listitem>
|
---|
4843 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4844 |
|
---|
4845 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4846 | <term>
|
---|
4847 | <computeroutput>NATNetwork</computeroutput>
|
---|
4848 | </term>
|
---|
4849 |
|
---|
4850 | <listitem>
|
---|
4851 | <para>
|
---|
4852 | Remove the <emphasis role="bold">NAT network</emphasis> option
|
---|
4853 | from the GUI.
|
---|
4854 | </para>
|
---|
4855 | </listitem>
|
---|
4856 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4857 |
|
---|
4858 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4859 | <term>
|
---|
4860 | <computeroutput>BridgetAdapter</computeroutput>
|
---|
4861 | </term>
|
---|
4862 |
|
---|
4863 | <listitem>
|
---|
4864 | <para>
|
---|
4865 | Remove the <emphasis role="bold">Bridged networking</emphasis> option
|
---|
4866 | from the GUI.
|
---|
4867 | </para>
|
---|
4868 | </listitem>
|
---|
4869 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4870 |
|
---|
4871 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4872 | <term>
|
---|
4873 | <computeroutput>InternalNetwork</computeroutput>
|
---|
4874 | </term>
|
---|
4875 |
|
---|
4876 | <listitem>
|
---|
4877 | <para>
|
---|
4878 | Remove the <emphasis role="bold">Internal networking</emphasis> option
|
---|
4879 | from the GUI.
|
---|
4880 | </para>
|
---|
4881 | </listitem>
|
---|
4882 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4883 |
|
---|
4884 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4885 | <term>
|
---|
4886 | <computeroutput>HostOnlyAdapter</computeroutput>
|
---|
4887 | </term>
|
---|
4888 |
|
---|
4889 | <listitem>
|
---|
4890 | <para>
|
---|
4891 | Remove the <emphasis role="bold">Host Only networking</emphasis> option
|
---|
4892 | from the GUI.
|
---|
4893 | </para>
|
---|
4894 | </listitem>
|
---|
4895 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4896 |
|
---|
4897 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4898 | <term>
|
---|
4899 | <computeroutput>GenericDriver</computeroutput>
|
---|
4900 | </term>
|
---|
4901 |
|
---|
4902 | <listitem>
|
---|
4903 | <para>
|
---|
4904 | Remove the <emphasis role="bold">Generic networking</emphasis> option
|
---|
4905 | from the GUI.
|
---|
4906 | </para>
|
---|
4907 | </listitem>
|
---|
4908 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4909 |
|
---|
4910 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4911 |
|
---|
4912 |
|
---|
4913 | <para>
|
---|
4914 | This is a global setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
4915 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
4916 | </para>
|
---|
4917 |
|
---|
4918 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/RestrictedNetworkAttachmentTypes</screen>
|
---|
4919 |
|
---|
4920 |
|
---|
4921 | </sect2>
|
---|
4922 | </sect1>
|
---|
4923 |
|
---|
4924 | <sect1 id="vboxwebsrv-daemon">
|
---|
4925 |
|
---|
4926 | <title>Starting the &product-name; Web Service Automatically</title>
|
---|
4927 |
|
---|
4928 | <para>
|
---|
4929 | The &product-name; web service,
|
---|
4930 | <computeroutput>vboxwebsrv</computeroutput>, is used for
|
---|
4931 | controlling &product-name; remotely. It is documented in detail in
|
---|
4932 | the &product-name; Software Development Kit (SDK). See
|
---|
4933 | <xref linkend="VirtualBoxAPI" />. As the client base using this
|
---|
4934 | interface is growing, we added start scripts for the various
|
---|
4935 | operation systems we support. The following sections describe how
|
---|
4936 | to use them. The &product-name; web service is never started
|
---|
4937 | automatically as a result of a standard installation.
|
---|
4938 | </para>
|
---|
4939 |
|
---|
4940 | <sect2 id="vboxwebsrv-linux">
|
---|
4941 |
|
---|
4942 | <title>Linux: Starting the Web Service With init</title>
|
---|
4943 |
|
---|
4944 | <para>
|
---|
4945 | On Linux, the web service can be automatically started during
|
---|
4946 | host boot by adding appropriate parameters to the file
|
---|
4947 | <computeroutput>/etc/default/virtualbox</computeroutput>. There
|
---|
4948 | is one mandatory parameter,
|
---|
4949 | <computeroutput>VBOXWEB_USER</computeroutput>, which must be set
|
---|
4950 | to the user which will later start the VMs. The parameters in
|
---|
4951 | the following table all start with the
|
---|
4952 | <computeroutput>VBOXWEB_</computeroutput> prefix string. For
|
---|
4953 | example: <computeroutput>VBOXWEB_HOST</computeroutput> and
|
---|
4954 | <computeroutput>VBOXWEB_PORT</computeroutput>.
|
---|
4955 | </para>
|
---|
4956 |
|
---|
4957 | <table id="table-websrv-config-params" tabstyle="oracle-all">
|
---|
4958 | <title>Web Service Configuration Parameters</title>
|
---|
4959 | <tgroup cols="3">
|
---|
4960 | <thead>
|
---|
4961 | <row>
|
---|
4962 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4963 | <emphasis role="bold">Parameter</emphasis>
|
---|
4964 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4965 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4966 | <emphasis role="bold">Description</emphasis>
|
---|
4967 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4968 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4969 | <emphasis role="bold">Default</emphasis>
|
---|
4970 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4971 | </row>
|
---|
4972 | </thead>
|
---|
4973 | <tbody>
|
---|
4974 | <row>
|
---|
4975 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4976 | <computeroutput>USER</computeroutput>
|
---|
4977 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4978 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4979 | The user which the web service runs as
|
---|
4980 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4981 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
4982 | </row>
|
---|
4983 | <row>
|
---|
4984 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4985 | <computeroutput>HOST</computeroutput>
|
---|
4986 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4987 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4988 | The host to bind the web service to
|
---|
4989 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4990 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4991 | localhost
|
---|
4992 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4993 | </row>
|
---|
4994 | <row>
|
---|
4995 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4996 | <computeroutput>PORT</computeroutput>
|
---|
4997 | </para></entry>
|
---|
4998 | <entry><para>
|
---|
4999 | The port to bind the web service to
|
---|
5000 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5001 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5002 | 18083
|
---|
5003 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5004 | </row>
|
---|
5005 | <row>
|
---|
5006 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5007 | <computeroutput>SSL_KEYFILE</computeroutput>
|
---|
5008 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5009 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5010 | Server key and certificate file, in PEM format
|
---|
5011 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5012 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
5013 | </row>
|
---|
5014 | <row>
|
---|
5015 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5016 | <computeroutput>SSL_PASSWORDFILE</computeroutput>
|
---|
5017 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5018 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5019 | File name for password to server key
|
---|
5020 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5021 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
5022 | </row>
|
---|
5023 | <row>
|
---|
5024 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5025 | <computeroutput>SSL_CACERT</computeroutput>
|
---|
5026 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5027 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5028 | CA certificate file, in PEM format
|
---|
5029 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5030 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
5031 | </row>
|
---|
5032 | <row>
|
---|
5033 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5034 | <computeroutput>SSL_CAPATH</computeroutput>
|
---|
5035 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5036 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5037 | CA certificate path
|
---|
5038 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5039 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
5040 | </row>
|
---|
5041 | <row>
|
---|
5042 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5043 | <computeroutput>SSL_DHFILE</computeroutput>
|
---|
5044 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5045 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5046 | DH file name or DH key length in bits
|
---|
5047 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5048 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
5049 | </row>
|
---|
5050 | <row>
|
---|
5051 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5052 | <computeroutput>SSL_RANDFILE</computeroutput>
|
---|
5053 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5054 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5055 | File containing seed for random number generator
|
---|
5056 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5057 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
5058 | </row>
|
---|
5059 | <row>
|
---|
5060 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5061 | <computeroutput>TIMEOUT</computeroutput>
|
---|
5062 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5063 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5064 | Session timeout in seconds, 0 disables timeouts
|
---|
5065 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5066 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5067 | 300
|
---|
5068 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5069 | </row>
|
---|
5070 | <row>
|
---|
5071 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5072 | <computeroutput>CHECK_INTERVAL</computeroutput>
|
---|
5073 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5074 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5075 | Frequency of timeout checks in seconds
|
---|
5076 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5077 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5078 | 5
|
---|
5079 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5080 | </row>
|
---|
5081 | <row>
|
---|
5082 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5083 | <computeroutput>THREADS</computeroutput>
|
---|
5084 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5085 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5086 | Maximum number of worker threads to run in parallel
|
---|
5087 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5088 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5089 | 100
|
---|
5090 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5091 | </row>
|
---|
5092 | <row>
|
---|
5093 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5094 | <computeroutput>KEEPALIVE</computeroutput>
|
---|
5095 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5096 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5097 | Maximum number of requests before a socket will be
|
---|
5098 | closed
|
---|
5099 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5100 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5101 | 100
|
---|
5102 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5103 | </row>
|
---|
5104 | <row>
|
---|
5105 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5106 | <computeroutput>ROTATE</computeroutput>
|
---|
5107 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5108 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5109 | Number of log files, 0 disables log rotation
|
---|
5110 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5111 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5112 | 10
|
---|
5113 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5114 | </row>
|
---|
5115 | <row>
|
---|
5116 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5117 | <computeroutput>LOGSIZE</computeroutput>
|
---|
5118 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5119 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5120 | Maximum log file size to trigger rotation, in bytes
|
---|
5121 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5122 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5123 | 1MB
|
---|
5124 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5125 | </row>
|
---|
5126 | <row>
|
---|
5127 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5128 | <computeroutput>LOGINTERVAL</computeroutput>
|
---|
5129 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5130 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5131 | Maximum time interval to trigger log rotation, in
|
---|
5132 | seconds
|
---|
5133 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5134 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5135 | 1 day
|
---|
5136 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5137 | </row>
|
---|
5138 | </tbody>
|
---|
5139 | </tgroup>
|
---|
5140 | </table>
|
---|
5141 |
|
---|
5142 | <para>
|
---|
5143 | Setting the parameter
|
---|
5144 | <computeroutput>SSL_KEYFILE</computeroutput> enables the SSL/TLS
|
---|
5145 | support. Using encryption is strongly encouraged, as otherwise
|
---|
5146 | everything, including passwords, is transferred in clear text.
|
---|
5147 | </para>
|
---|
5148 |
|
---|
5149 | </sect2>
|
---|
5150 |
|
---|
5151 | <sect2 id="vboxwebsrv-solaris">
|
---|
5152 |
|
---|
5153 | <title>Oracle Solaris: Starting the Web Service With SMF</title>
|
---|
5154 |
|
---|
5155 | <para>
|
---|
5156 | On Oracle Solaris hosts, the &product-name; web service daemon
|
---|
5157 | is integrated into the SMF framework. You can change the
|
---|
5158 | parameters, but do not have to if the defaults below already
|
---|
5159 | match your needs:
|
---|
5160 | </para>
|
---|
5161 |
|
---|
5162 | <screen>svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default setprop config/host=localhost
|
---|
5163 | svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default setprop config/port=18083
|
---|
5164 | svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default setprop config/user=root</screen>
|
---|
5165 |
|
---|
5166 | <para>
|
---|
5167 | <xref linkend="table-websrv-config-params"/> showing the
|
---|
5168 | parameter names and defaults also applies for Oracle Solaris.
|
---|
5169 | The parameter names must be changed to lowercase and a prefix of
|
---|
5170 | <computeroutput>config/</computeroutput> has to be added. For
|
---|
5171 | example: <computeroutput>config/user</computeroutput> or
|
---|
5172 | <computeroutput>config/ssl_keyfile</computeroutput>. If you make
|
---|
5173 | any change, do not forget to run the following command to put
|
---|
5174 | the changes into effect immediately:
|
---|
5175 | </para>
|
---|
5176 |
|
---|
5177 | <screen>svcadm refresh svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default</screen>
|
---|
5178 |
|
---|
5179 | <para>
|
---|
5180 | If you forget the above command then the previous settings are
|
---|
5181 | used when enabling the service. Check the current property
|
---|
5182 | settings as follows:
|
---|
5183 | </para>
|
---|
5184 |
|
---|
5185 | <screen>svcprop -p config svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default</screen>
|
---|
5186 |
|
---|
5187 | <para>
|
---|
5188 | When everything is configured correctly you can start the
|
---|
5189 | &product-name; web service with the following command:
|
---|
5190 | </para>
|
---|
5191 |
|
---|
5192 | <screen>svcadm enable svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default</screen>
|
---|
5193 |
|
---|
5194 | <para>
|
---|
5195 | For more information about SMF, please refer to the Oracle
|
---|
5196 | Solaris documentation.
|
---|
5197 | </para>
|
---|
5198 |
|
---|
5199 | </sect2>
|
---|
5200 |
|
---|
5201 | <sect2 id="vboxwebsrv-osx">
|
---|
5202 |
|
---|
5203 | <title>Mac OS X: Starting the Web Service With launchd</title>
|
---|
5204 |
|
---|
5205 | <para>
|
---|
5206 | On Mac OS X, launchd is used to start the &product-name;
|
---|
5207 | webservice. An example configuration file can be found in
|
---|
5208 | <computeroutput>$HOME/Library/LaunchAgents/org.virtualbox.vboxwebsrv.plist</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5209 | It can be enabled by changing the
|
---|
5210 | <computeroutput>Disabled</computeroutput> key from
|
---|
5211 | <computeroutput>true</computeroutput> to
|
---|
5212 | <computeroutput>false</computeroutput>. To manually start the
|
---|
5213 | service use the following command:
|
---|
5214 | </para>
|
---|
5215 |
|
---|
5216 | <screen>launchctl load ~/Library/LaunchAgents/org.virtualbox.vboxwebsrv.plist</screen>
|
---|
5217 |
|
---|
5218 | <para>
|
---|
5219 | For additional information on how launchd services could be
|
---|
5220 | configured see:
|
---|
5221 | </para>
|
---|
5222 |
|
---|
5223 | <para>
|
---|
5224 | <ulink
|
---|
5225 | url="https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPSystemStartup/Chapters/CreatingLaunchdJobs.html">https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPSystemStartup/Chapters/CreatingLaunchdJobs.html</ulink>.
|
---|
5226 | </para>
|
---|
5227 |
|
---|
5228 | </sect2>
|
---|
5229 |
|
---|
5230 | </sect1>
|
---|
5231 |
|
---|
5232 | <sect1 id="vboxwatchdog">
|
---|
5233 |
|
---|
5234 | <title>&product-name; Watchdog</title>
|
---|
5235 |
|
---|
5236 | <para>
|
---|
5237 | The memory ballooning service, formerly known as
|
---|
5238 | <computeroutput>VBoxBalloonCtrl</computeroutput>, was renamed to
|
---|
5239 | VBoxWatchdog. This service now incorporates the following host
|
---|
5240 | services that are meant to be run in a server environment:
|
---|
5241 | </para>
|
---|
5242 |
|
---|
5243 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5244 |
|
---|
5245 | <listitem>
|
---|
5246 | <para>
|
---|
5247 | <emphasis role="bold">Memory ballooning control.</emphasis>
|
---|
5248 | This service automatically takes care of a VM's configured
|
---|
5249 | memory balloon. See <xref linkend="guestadd-balloon" />. This
|
---|
5250 | service is useful for server environments where VMs may
|
---|
5251 | dynamically require more or less memory during runtime.
|
---|
5252 | </para>
|
---|
5253 |
|
---|
5254 | <para>
|
---|
5255 | The service periodically checks a VM's current memory balloon
|
---|
5256 | and its free guest RAM and automatically adjusts the current
|
---|
5257 | memory balloon by inflating or deflating it accordingly. This
|
---|
5258 | handling only applies to running VMs having recent Guest
|
---|
5259 | Additions installed.
|
---|
5260 | </para>
|
---|
5261 | </listitem>
|
---|
5262 |
|
---|
5263 | <listitem>
|
---|
5264 | <para>
|
---|
5265 | <emphasis role="bold">Host isolation detection.</emphasis>
|
---|
5266 | This service provides a way to detect whether the host cannot
|
---|
5267 | reach the specific &product-name; server instance anymore and
|
---|
5268 | take appropriate actions, such as shutting down, saving the
|
---|
5269 | current state or even powering down certain VMs.
|
---|
5270 | </para>
|
---|
5271 | </listitem>
|
---|
5272 |
|
---|
5273 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5274 |
|
---|
5275 | <para>
|
---|
5276 | All configuration values can be either specified using the command
|
---|
5277 | line or global extradata, whereas command line values always have
|
---|
5278 | a higher priority when set. Some of the configuration values also
|
---|
5279 | be specified on a per-VM basis. So the overall lookup order is:
|
---|
5280 | command line, per-VM basis extradata if available, global
|
---|
5281 | extradata.
|
---|
5282 | </para>
|
---|
5283 |
|
---|
5284 | <sect2 id="vboxwatchdog-ballonctrl">
|
---|
5285 |
|
---|
5286 | <title>Memory Ballooning Control</title>
|
---|
5287 |
|
---|
5288 | <para>
|
---|
5289 | The memory ballooning control inflates and deflates the memory
|
---|
5290 | balloon of VMs based on the VMs free memory and the desired
|
---|
5291 | maximum balloon size.
|
---|
5292 | </para>
|
---|
5293 |
|
---|
5294 | <para>
|
---|
5295 | To set up the memory ballooning control the maximum ballooning
|
---|
5296 | size a VM can reach needs to be set. This can be specified using
|
---|
5297 | the command line, as follows:
|
---|
5298 | </para>
|
---|
5299 |
|
---|
5300 | <screen>--balloon-max <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5301 |
|
---|
5302 | <para>
|
---|
5303 | Using a per-VM basis extradata value, as follows:
|
---|
5304 | </para>
|
---|
5305 |
|
---|
5306 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata <VM-Name> VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/BalloonCtrl/BalloonSizeMax <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5307 |
|
---|
5308 | <para>
|
---|
5309 | Using a global extradata value, as follows:
|
---|
5310 | </para>
|
---|
5311 |
|
---|
5312 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/BalloonCtrl/BalloonSizeMax <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5313 |
|
---|
5314 | <note>
|
---|
5315 | <para>
|
---|
5316 | If no maximum ballooning size is specified by at least one of
|
---|
5317 | the parameters above, no ballooning will be performed at all.
|
---|
5318 | </para>
|
---|
5319 | </note>
|
---|
5320 |
|
---|
5321 | <para>
|
---|
5322 | Setting the ballooning increment in MB can be either done using
|
---|
5323 | command line, as follows:
|
---|
5324 | </para>
|
---|
5325 |
|
---|
5326 | <screen>--balloon-inc <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5327 |
|
---|
5328 | <para>
|
---|
5329 | Using a global extradata value, as follows:
|
---|
5330 | </para>
|
---|
5331 |
|
---|
5332 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/BalloonCtrl/BalloonIncrementMB <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5333 |
|
---|
5334 | <para>
|
---|
5335 | The default ballooning increment is 256 MB if not specified.
|
---|
5336 | </para>
|
---|
5337 |
|
---|
5338 | <para>
|
---|
5339 | The same options apply for a ballooning decrement. Using the
|
---|
5340 | command line, as follows:
|
---|
5341 | </para>
|
---|
5342 |
|
---|
5343 | <screen>--balloon-dec <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5344 |
|
---|
5345 | <para>
|
---|
5346 | Using a global extradata value, as follows:
|
---|
5347 | </para>
|
---|
5348 |
|
---|
5349 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/BalloonCtrl/BalloonDecrementMB <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5350 |
|
---|
5351 | <para>
|
---|
5352 | The default ballooning decrement is 128 MB if not specified.
|
---|
5353 | </para>
|
---|
5354 |
|
---|
5355 | <para>
|
---|
5356 | The lower limit in MB for a balloon can be defined using the
|
---|
5357 | command line, as follows:
|
---|
5358 | </para>
|
---|
5359 |
|
---|
5360 | <screen>--balloon-lower-limit <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5361 |
|
---|
5362 | <para>
|
---|
5363 | Using a global extradata value, as follows:
|
---|
5364 | </para>
|
---|
5365 |
|
---|
5366 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/BalloonCtrl/BalloonLowerLimitMB <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5367 |
|
---|
5368 | <para>
|
---|
5369 | The default lower limit is 128 MB if not specified.
|
---|
5370 | </para>
|
---|
5371 |
|
---|
5372 | </sect2>
|
---|
5373 |
|
---|
5374 | <sect2 id="vboxwatchdog-hostisln">
|
---|
5375 |
|
---|
5376 | <title>Host Isolation Detection</title>
|
---|
5377 |
|
---|
5378 | <para>
|
---|
5379 | To detect whether a host is being isolated, that is, the host
|
---|
5380 | cannot reach the &product-name; server instance anymore, the
|
---|
5381 | host needs to set an alternating value to a global extradata
|
---|
5382 | value within a time period. If this value is not set within that
|
---|
5383 | time period a timeout occurred and the so-called host isolation
|
---|
5384 | response will be performed to the VMs handled. Which VMs are
|
---|
5385 | handled can be controlled by defining VM groups and assigning
|
---|
5386 | VMs to those groups. By default no groups are set, meaning that
|
---|
5387 | all VMs on the server will be handled when no host response is
|
---|
5388 | received within 30 seconds.
|
---|
5389 | </para>
|
---|
5390 |
|
---|
5391 | <para>
|
---|
5392 | Set the groups handled by the host isolation detection using the
|
---|
5393 | following command line:
|
---|
5394 | </para>
|
---|
5395 |
|
---|
5396 | <screen>--apimon-groups=<string[,stringN]></screen>
|
---|
5397 |
|
---|
5398 | <para>
|
---|
5399 | Using a global extradata value, as follows:
|
---|
5400 | </para>
|
---|
5401 |
|
---|
5402 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/APIMonitor/Groups <string[,stringN]></screen>
|
---|
5403 |
|
---|
5404 | <para>
|
---|
5405 | Set the host isolation timeout using the following command line:
|
---|
5406 | </para>
|
---|
5407 |
|
---|
5408 | <screen>--apimon-isln-timeout=<ms></screen>
|
---|
5409 |
|
---|
5410 | <para>
|
---|
5411 | Using a global extradata value, as follows:
|
---|
5412 | </para>
|
---|
5413 |
|
---|
5414 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/APIMonitor/IsolationTimeoutMS <ms></screen>
|
---|
5415 |
|
---|
5416 | <para>
|
---|
5417 | Set the actual host isolation response using the following
|
---|
5418 | command line:
|
---|
5419 | </para>
|
---|
5420 |
|
---|
5421 | <screen>--apimon-isln-response=<cmd></screen>
|
---|
5422 |
|
---|
5423 | <para>
|
---|
5424 | Using a global extradata value, as follows:
|
---|
5425 | </para>
|
---|
5426 |
|
---|
5427 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/APIMonitor/IsolationResponse <cmd></screen>
|
---|
5428 |
|
---|
5429 | <para>
|
---|
5430 | The following response commands are available:
|
---|
5431 | </para>
|
---|
5432 |
|
---|
5433 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5434 |
|
---|
5435 | <listitem>
|
---|
5436 | <para>
|
---|
5437 | <computeroutput>none</computeroutput>. This has no effect.
|
---|
5438 | </para>
|
---|
5439 | </listitem>
|
---|
5440 |
|
---|
5441 | <listitem>
|
---|
5442 | <para>
|
---|
5443 | <computeroutput>pause</computeroutput>. Pauses the execution
|
---|
5444 | of a VM.
|
---|
5445 | </para>
|
---|
5446 | </listitem>
|
---|
5447 |
|
---|
5448 | <listitem>
|
---|
5449 | <para>
|
---|
5450 | <computeroutput>poweroff</computeroutput>. Shuts down the VM
|
---|
5451 | by pressing the virtual power button. The VM will not have
|
---|
5452 | the chance of saving any data or veto the shutdown process.
|
---|
5453 | </para>
|
---|
5454 | </listitem>
|
---|
5455 |
|
---|
5456 | <listitem>
|
---|
5457 | <para>
|
---|
5458 | <computeroutput>save</computeroutput>. Saves the current
|
---|
5459 | machine state and powers off the VM afterwards. If saving
|
---|
5460 | the machine state fails the VM will be paused.
|
---|
5461 | </para>
|
---|
5462 | </listitem>
|
---|
5463 |
|
---|
5464 | <listitem>
|
---|
5465 | <para>
|
---|
5466 | <computeroutput>shutdown</computeroutput>. Shuts down the VM
|
---|
5467 | in a gentle way by sending an
|
---|
5468 | <computeroutput>ACPI</computeroutput> shutdown event to the
|
---|
5469 | VM's operating system. The OS then has the chance of doing a
|
---|
5470 | clean shutdown.
|
---|
5471 | </para>
|
---|
5472 | </listitem>
|
---|
5473 |
|
---|
5474 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5475 |
|
---|
5476 | </sect2>
|
---|
5477 |
|
---|
5478 | <sect2 id="vboxwatchdog-moreinfo">
|
---|
5479 |
|
---|
5480 | <title>More Information</title>
|
---|
5481 |
|
---|
5482 | <para>
|
---|
5483 | For more advanced options and parameters like verbose logging
|
---|
5484 | check the built-in command line help accessible with
|
---|
5485 | <computeroutput>--help</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5486 | </para>
|
---|
5487 |
|
---|
5488 | </sect2>
|
---|
5489 |
|
---|
5490 | <sect2 id="vboxwatchdog-linux">
|
---|
5491 |
|
---|
5492 | <title>Linux: Starting the Watchdog Service With init</title>
|
---|
5493 |
|
---|
5494 | <para>
|
---|
5495 | On Linux, the watchdog service can be automatically started
|
---|
5496 | during host boot by adding appropriate parameters to the file
|
---|
5497 | <computeroutput>/etc/default/virtualbox</computeroutput>. There
|
---|
5498 | is one mandatory parameter,
|
---|
5499 | <computeroutput>VBOXWATCHDOG_USER</computeroutput>, which must
|
---|
5500 | be set to the user which will later start the VMs. For backward
|
---|
5501 | compatibility you can also specify
|
---|
5502 | <computeroutput>VBOXBALLOONCTRL_USER</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5503 | </para>
|
---|
5504 |
|
---|
5505 | <para>
|
---|
5506 | The parameters in the following table all start with the
|
---|
5507 | <computeroutput>VBOXWATCHDOG_</computeroutput> prefix string.
|
---|
5508 | For example:
|
---|
5509 | <computeroutput>VBOXWATCHDOG_BALLOON_INTERVAL</computeroutput>
|
---|
5510 | and <computeroutput>VBOXWATCHDOG_LOGSIZE</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5511 | Legacy parameters such as
|
---|
5512 | <computeroutput>VBOXBALLOONCTRL_INTERVAL</computeroutput> can
|
---|
5513 | still be used.
|
---|
5514 | </para>
|
---|
5515 |
|
---|
5516 | <table id="table-vboxwatchdog-config-params" tabstyle="oracle-all">
|
---|
5517 | <title>&product-name; Watchdog Configuration Parameters</title>
|
---|
5518 | <tgroup cols="3">
|
---|
5519 | <thead>
|
---|
5520 | <row>
|
---|
5521 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5522 | <emphasis role="bold">Parameter</emphasis>
|
---|
5523 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5524 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5525 | <emphasis role="bold">Description</emphasis>
|
---|
5526 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5527 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5528 | <emphasis role="bold">Default</emphasis>
|
---|
5529 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5530 | </row>
|
---|
5531 | </thead>
|
---|
5532 | <tbody>
|
---|
5533 | <row>
|
---|
5534 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5535 | <computeroutput>USER</computeroutput>
|
---|
5536 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5537 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5538 | The user which the watchdog service runs as
|
---|
5539 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5540 | <entry><para></para></entry>
|
---|
5541 | </row>
|
---|
5542 | <row>
|
---|
5543 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5544 | <computeroutput>ROTATE</computeroutput>
|
---|
5545 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5546 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5547 | Number of log files, 0 disables log rotation
|
---|
5548 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5549 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5550 | 10
|
---|
5551 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5552 | </row>
|
---|
5553 | <row>
|
---|
5554 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5555 | <computeroutput>LOGSIZE</computeroutput>
|
---|
5556 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5557 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5558 | Maximum log file size to trigger rotation, in bytes
|
---|
5559 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5560 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5561 | 1MB
|
---|
5562 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5563 | </row>
|
---|
5564 | <row>
|
---|
5565 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5566 | <computeroutput>LOGINTERVAL</computeroutput>
|
---|
5567 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5568 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5569 | Maximum time interval to trigger log rotation, in
|
---|
5570 | seconds
|
---|
5571 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5572 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5573 | 1 day
|
---|
5574 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5575 | </row>
|
---|
5576 | <row>
|
---|
5577 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5578 | <computeroutput>BALLOON_INTERVAL</computeroutput>
|
---|
5579 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5580 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5581 | Interval for checking the balloon size, in
|
---|
5582 | milliseconds
|
---|
5583 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5584 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5585 | 30000
|
---|
5586 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5587 | </row>
|
---|
5588 | <row>
|
---|
5589 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5590 | <computeroutput>BALLOON_INCREMENT</computeroutput>
|
---|
5591 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5592 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5593 | Balloon size increment, in megabytes
|
---|
5594 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5595 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5596 | 256
|
---|
5597 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5598 | </row>
|
---|
5599 | <row>
|
---|
5600 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5601 | <computeroutput>BALLOON_DECREMENT</computeroutput>
|
---|
5602 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5603 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5604 | Balloon size decrement, in megabytes
|
---|
5605 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5606 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5607 | 128
|
---|
5608 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5609 | </row>
|
---|
5610 | <row>
|
---|
5611 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5612 | <computeroutput>BALLOON_LOWERLIMIT</computeroutput>
|
---|
5613 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5614 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5615 | Balloon size lower limit, in megabytes
|
---|
5616 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5617 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5618 | 64
|
---|
5619 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5620 | </row>
|
---|
5621 | <row>
|
---|
5622 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5623 | <computeroutput>BALLOON_SAFETYMARGIN</computeroutput>
|
---|
5624 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5625 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5626 | Free memory required for decreasing the balloon size,
|
---|
5627 | in megabytes
|
---|
5628 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5629 | <entry><para>
|
---|
5630 | 1024
|
---|
5631 | </para></entry>
|
---|
5632 | </row>
|
---|
5633 | </tbody>
|
---|
5634 | </tgroup>
|
---|
5635 | </table>
|
---|
5636 |
|
---|
5637 | </sect2>
|
---|
5638 |
|
---|
5639 | <sect2 id="vboxwatchdog-solaris">
|
---|
5640 |
|
---|
5641 | <title>Oracle Solaris: Starting the Watchdog Service With SMF</title>
|
---|
5642 |
|
---|
5643 | <para>
|
---|
5644 | On Oracle Solaris hosts, the &product-name; watchdog service
|
---|
5645 | daemon is integrated into the SMF framework. You can change the
|
---|
5646 | parameters, but do not have to if the defaults already match
|
---|
5647 | your needs:
|
---|
5648 | </para>
|
---|
5649 |
|
---|
5650 | <screen>svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/balloonctrl:default setprop \
|
---|
5651 | config/balloon_interval=10000
|
---|
5652 | svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/balloonctrl:default setprop \
|
---|
5653 | config/balloon_safetymargin=134217728</screen>
|
---|
5654 |
|
---|
5655 | <para>
|
---|
5656 | <xref linkend="table-vboxwatchdog-config-params"/> also applies
|
---|
5657 | for Oracle Solaris. The parameter names must be changed to
|
---|
5658 | lowercase and a prefix of
|
---|
5659 | <computeroutput>config/</computeroutput> has to be added. For
|
---|
5660 | example: <computeroutput>config/user</computeroutput> or
|
---|
5661 | <computeroutput>config/balloon_safetymargin</computeroutput>. If
|
---|
5662 | you made any change, do not forget to run the following command
|
---|
5663 | to put the changes into effect immediately:
|
---|
5664 | </para>
|
---|
5665 |
|
---|
5666 | <screen>svcadm refresh svc:/application/virtualbox/balloonctrl:default</screen>
|
---|
5667 |
|
---|
5668 | <para>
|
---|
5669 | If you forget the above command then the previous settings will
|
---|
5670 | be used when enabling the service. Check the current property
|
---|
5671 | settings with the following command:
|
---|
5672 | </para>
|
---|
5673 |
|
---|
5674 | <screen>svcprop -p config svc:/application/virtualbox/balloonctrl:default</screen>
|
---|
5675 |
|
---|
5676 | <para>
|
---|
5677 | When everything is configured correctly you can start the
|
---|
5678 | &product-name; watchdog service with the following command:
|
---|
5679 | </para>
|
---|
5680 |
|
---|
5681 | <screen>svcadm enable svc:/application/virtualbox/balloonctrl:default</screen>
|
---|
5682 |
|
---|
5683 | <para>
|
---|
5684 | For more information about SMF, please refer to the Oracle
|
---|
5685 | Solaris documentation.
|
---|
5686 | </para>
|
---|
5687 |
|
---|
5688 | </sect2>
|
---|
5689 |
|
---|
5690 | </sect1>
|
---|
5691 |
|
---|
5692 | <sect1 id="otherextpacks">
|
---|
5693 |
|
---|
5694 | <title>Other Extension Packs</title>
|
---|
5695 |
|
---|
5696 | <para>
|
---|
5697 | Another extension pack called VNC is available. This extension
|
---|
5698 | pack is open source and replaces the previous integration of the
|
---|
5699 | VNC remote access protocol. This is experimental code, and is
|
---|
5700 | initially available in the &product-name; source code package
|
---|
5701 | only. It is to a large portion code contributed by users, and is
|
---|
5702 | not supported in any way by Oracle.
|
---|
5703 | </para>
|
---|
5704 |
|
---|
5705 | <para>
|
---|
5706 | The keyboard handling is severely limited, and only the US
|
---|
5707 | keyboard layout works. Other keyboard layouts will have at least
|
---|
5708 | some keys which produce the wrong results, often with quite
|
---|
5709 | surprising effects, and for layouts which have significant
|
---|
5710 | differences to the US keyboard layout it is most likely unusable.
|
---|
5711 | </para>
|
---|
5712 |
|
---|
5713 | <para>
|
---|
5714 | It is possible to install both the &product-name; Extension Pack
|
---|
5715 | and VNC, but only one VRDE module can be active at any time. The
|
---|
5716 | following command switches to the VNC VRDE module in VNC:
|
---|
5717 | </para>
|
---|
5718 |
|
---|
5719 | <screen>VBoxManage setproperty vrdeextpack VNC</screen>
|
---|
5720 |
|
---|
5721 | <para>
|
---|
5722 | Configuring the remote access works very similarly to VRDP, see
|
---|
5723 | <xref linkend="vrde" />, with some limitations. VNC does not
|
---|
5724 | support specifying several port numbers, and the authentication is
|
---|
5725 | done differently. VNC can only deal with password authentication,
|
---|
5726 | and there is no option to use password hashes. This leaves no
|
---|
5727 | other choice than having a clear-text password in the VM
|
---|
5728 | configuration, which can be set with the following command:
|
---|
5729 | </para>
|
---|
5730 |
|
---|
5731 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --vrdeproperty VNCPassword=secret</screen>
|
---|
5732 |
|
---|
5733 | <para>
|
---|
5734 | The user is responsible for keeping this password secret, and it
|
---|
5735 | should be removed when a VM configuration is passed to another
|
---|
5736 | person, for whatever purpose. Some VNC servers claim to have
|
---|
5737 | encrypted passwords in the configuration. This is not true
|
---|
5738 | encryption, it is only concealing the passwords, which is only as
|
---|
5739 | secure as using clear-text passwords.
|
---|
5740 | </para>
|
---|
5741 |
|
---|
5742 | <para>
|
---|
5743 | The following command switches back to VRDP, if installed:
|
---|
5744 | </para>
|
---|
5745 |
|
---|
5746 | <screen>VBoxManage setproperty vrdeextpack "&product-name; Extension Pack"</screen>
|
---|
5747 |
|
---|
5748 | </sect1>
|
---|
5749 |
|
---|
5750 | <sect1 id="autostart">
|
---|
5751 |
|
---|
5752 | <title>Starting Virtual Machines During System Boot</title>
|
---|
5753 |
|
---|
5754 | <para>
|
---|
5755 | You can start VMs automatically during system boot on Linux,
|
---|
5756 | Oracle Solaris, and Mac OS X platforms for all users.
|
---|
5757 | </para>
|
---|
5758 |
|
---|
5759 | <sect2 id="autostart-linux">
|
---|
5760 |
|
---|
5761 | <title>Linux: Starting the Autostart Service With init</title>
|
---|
5762 |
|
---|
5763 | <para>
|
---|
5764 | On Linux, the autostart service is activated by setting two
|
---|
5765 | variables in
|
---|
5766 | <computeroutput>/etc/default/virtualbox</computeroutput>. The
|
---|
5767 | first one is <computeroutput>VBOXAUTOSTART_DB</computeroutput>
|
---|
5768 | which contains an absolute path to the autostart database
|
---|
5769 | directory. The directory should have write access for every user
|
---|
5770 | who should be able to start virtual machines automatically.
|
---|
5771 | Furthermore the directory should have the sticky bit set. The
|
---|
5772 | second variable is
|
---|
5773 | <computeroutput>VBOXAUTOSTART_CONFIG</computeroutput> which
|
---|
5774 | points the service to the autostart configuration file which is
|
---|
5775 | used during boot to determine whether to allow individual users
|
---|
5776 | to start a VM automatically and configure startup delays. The
|
---|
5777 | configuration file can be placed in
|
---|
5778 | <computeroutput>/etc/vbox</computeroutput> and contains several
|
---|
5779 | options. One is <computeroutput>default_policy</computeroutput>
|
---|
5780 | which controls whether the autostart service allows or denies to
|
---|
5781 | start a VM for users which are not in the exception list. The
|
---|
5782 | exception list starts with
|
---|
5783 | <computeroutput>exception_list</computeroutput> and contains a
|
---|
5784 | comma separated list with usernames. Furthermore a separate
|
---|
5785 | startup delay can be configured for every user to avoid
|
---|
5786 | overloading the host. A sample configuration is given below:
|
---|
5787 | </para>
|
---|
5788 |
|
---|
5789 | <screen>
|
---|
5790 | # Default policy is to deny starting a VM, the other option is "allow".
|
---|
5791 | default_policy = deny
|
---|
5792 |
|
---|
5793 | # Bob is allowed to start virtual machines but starting them
|
---|
5794 | # will be delayed for 10 seconds
|
---|
5795 | bob = {
|
---|
5796 | allow = true
|
---|
5797 | startup_delay = 10
|
---|
5798 | }
|
---|
5799 |
|
---|
5800 | # Alice is not allowed to start virtual machines, useful to exclude certain users
|
---|
5801 | # if the default policy is set to allow.
|
---|
5802 | alice = {
|
---|
5803 | allow = false
|
---|
5804 | }
|
---|
5805 | </screen>
|
---|
5806 |
|
---|
5807 | <para>
|
---|
5808 | Every user who wants to enable autostart for individual machines
|
---|
5809 | has to set the path to the autostart database directory with the
|
---|
5810 | following command:
|
---|
5811 | </para>
|
---|
5812 |
|
---|
5813 | <screen>VBoxManage setproperty autostartdbpath <Autostart directory></screen>
|
---|
5814 |
|
---|
5815 | </sect2>
|
---|
5816 |
|
---|
5817 | <sect2 id="autostart-solaris">
|
---|
5818 |
|
---|
5819 | <title>Oracle Solaris: Starting the Autostart Service With SMF</title>
|
---|
5820 |
|
---|
5821 | <para>
|
---|
5822 | On Oracle Solaris hosts, the &product-name; autostart daemon is
|
---|
5823 | integrated into the SMF framework. To enable it you have to
|
---|
5824 | point the service to an existing configuration file which has
|
---|
5825 | the same format as on Linux, see
|
---|
5826 | <xref linkend="autostart-linux" />. For example:
|
---|
5827 | </para>
|
---|
5828 |
|
---|
5829 | <screen>svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/autostart:default setprop \
|
---|
5830 | config/config=/etc/vbox/autostart.cfg</screen>
|
---|
5831 |
|
---|
5832 | <para>
|
---|
5833 | When everything is configured correctly you can start the
|
---|
5834 | &product-name; autostart service with the following command:
|
---|
5835 | </para>
|
---|
5836 |
|
---|
5837 | <screen>svcadm enable svc:/application/virtualbox/autostart:default</screen>
|
---|
5838 |
|
---|
5839 | <para>
|
---|
5840 | For more information about SMF, please refer to the Oracle
|
---|
5841 | Solaris documentation.
|
---|
5842 | </para>
|
---|
5843 |
|
---|
5844 | </sect2>
|
---|
5845 |
|
---|
5846 | <sect2 id="autostart-osx">
|
---|
5847 |
|
---|
5848 | <title>Mac OS X: Starting the Autostart Service With launchd</title>
|
---|
5849 |
|
---|
5850 | <para>
|
---|
5851 | On Mac OS X, launchd is used to start the &product-name;
|
---|
5852 | autostart service. An example configuration file can be found in
|
---|
5853 | <computeroutput>/Applications/VirtualBox.app/Contents/MacOS/org.virtualbox.vboxautostart.plist</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5854 | To enable the service copy the file to
|
---|
5855 | <computeroutput>/Library/LaunchDaemons</computeroutput> and
|
---|
5856 | change the <computeroutput>Disabled</computeroutput> key from
|
---|
5857 | <computeroutput>true</computeroutput> to
|
---|
5858 | <computeroutput>false</computeroutput>. Furthermore replace the
|
---|
5859 | second parameter to an existing configuration file which has the
|
---|
5860 | same format as on Linux, see <xref linkend="autostart-linux" />.
|
---|
5861 | </para>
|
---|
5862 |
|
---|
5863 | <para>
|
---|
5864 | To manually start the service use the following command:
|
---|
5865 | </para>
|
---|
5866 |
|
---|
5867 | <screen>launchctl load /Library/LaunchDaemons/org.virtualbox.vboxautostart.plist</screen>
|
---|
5868 |
|
---|
5869 | <para>
|
---|
5870 | For additional information on how launchd services can be
|
---|
5871 | configured see:
|
---|
5872 | </para>
|
---|
5873 |
|
---|
5874 | <para>
|
---|
5875 | <ulink
|
---|
5876 | url="http://developer.apple.com/mac/library/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPSystemStartup/BPSystemStartup.html">http://developer.apple.com/mac/library/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPSystemStartup/BPSystemStartup.html</ulink>.
|
---|
5877 | </para>
|
---|
5878 |
|
---|
5879 | </sect2>
|
---|
5880 |
|
---|
5881 | <sect2 id="autostart-windows">
|
---|
5882 |
|
---|
5883 | <title>Windows: Starting the Autostart Service With windows service</title>
|
---|
5884 |
|
---|
5885 | <para>
|
---|
5886 | On Windows, the autostarting is implemented as Windows service.
|
---|
5887 | The service is installed for every user with her/his own credentials.
|
---|
5888 | Before installing any autostart services on a system you have to define
|
---|
5889 | the <computeroutput>VBOXAUTOSTART_CONFIG</computeroutput> environment
|
---|
5890 | variable in the system variables with the path to the config file.
|
---|
5891 | The config file has the same format as on Linux,
|
---|
5892 | see <xref linkend="autostart-linux" />, except the user name
|
---|
5893 | can be specified using following formats: "user", "domain\user",
|
---|
5894 | ".\user" and "user@domain".
|
---|
5895 | </para>
|
---|
5896 |
|
---|
5897 | <para>
|
---|
5898 | To activate the autostart ability for particular user a member of
|
---|
5899 | administrators group must run the following command:
|
---|
5900 | </para>
|
---|
5901 |
|
---|
5902 | <screen>VBoxAutostartSvc install --user=<user> [--password-file=<password_file>]</screen>
|
---|
5903 |
|
---|
5904 | <para>
|
---|
5905 | The password file should contain the password followed by a line break.
|
---|
5906 | The rest of the file is ignored. The user will be asked for a password
|
---|
5907 | if the password file is not specified.
|
---|
5908 | </para>
|
---|
5909 |
|
---|
5910 | <para>
|
---|
5911 | To remove the autostart ability for particular user a member of
|
---|
5912 | administrators group must run the following command:
|
---|
5913 | </para>
|
---|
5914 |
|
---|
5915 | <screen>VBoxAutostartSvc delete --user=<user></screen>
|
---|
5916 |
|
---|
5917 | <para>
|
---|
5918 | The user can be specified for both commands using following formats:
|
---|
5919 | "user", "domain\user", ".\user" and "user@domain"
|
---|
5920 | </para>
|
---|
5921 |
|
---|
5922 | <para>
|
---|
5923 | Note:
|
---|
5924 | </para>
|
---|
5925 |
|
---|
5926 | <para>
|
---|
5927 | If user has changed his password a member of administrators group
|
---|
5928 | must either reinstall the service or change the service credentials
|
---|
5929 | using windows service manager. The autostart service can not be
|
---|
5930 | installed for users with empty passwords due to Windows security policies.
|
---|
5931 | </para>
|
---|
5932 |
|
---|
5933 | </sect2>
|
---|
5934 |
|
---|
5935 | </sect1>
|
---|
5936 |
|
---|
5937 | <sect1 id="vboxexpertstoragemgmt">
|
---|
5938 |
|
---|
5939 | <title>&product-name; Expert Storage Management</title>
|
---|
5940 |
|
---|
5941 | <para>
|
---|
5942 | In case the snapshot model of &product-name; is not sufficient it
|
---|
5943 | is possible to enable a special mode which makes it possible to
|
---|
5944 | reconfigure storage attachments while the VM is paused. The user
|
---|
5945 | has to make sure that the disk data stays consistent to the guest
|
---|
5946 | because unlike with hotplugging the guest is not informed about
|
---|
5947 | detached or newly attached media.
|
---|
5948 | </para>
|
---|
5949 |
|
---|
5950 | <para>
|
---|
5951 | The expert storage management mode can be enabled per VM
|
---|
5952 | executing:
|
---|
5953 | </para>
|
---|
5954 |
|
---|
5955 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal2/SilentReconfigureWhilePaused" 1</screen>
|
---|
5956 |
|
---|
5957 | <para>
|
---|
5958 | Storage attachments can be reconfigured while the VM is paused
|
---|
5959 | afterwards using:
|
---|
5960 | </para>
|
---|
5961 |
|
---|
5962 | <screen>VBoxManage storageattach ...</screen>
|
---|
5963 |
|
---|
5964 | </sect1>
|
---|
5965 |
|
---|
5966 | <sect1 id="hostpowertweaks">
|
---|
5967 |
|
---|
5968 | <title>Handling of Host Power Management Events</title>
|
---|
5969 |
|
---|
5970 | <para>
|
---|
5971 | Some host power management events are handled by &product-name;.
|
---|
5972 | The actual behavior depends on the platform:
|
---|
5973 | </para>
|
---|
5974 |
|
---|
5975 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5976 |
|
---|
5977 | <listitem>
|
---|
5978 | <para>
|
---|
5979 | <emphasis role="bold">Host Suspends.</emphasis> This event is
|
---|
5980 | generated when the host is about to suspend, that is, the host
|
---|
5981 | saves the state to some non-volatile storage and powers off.
|
---|
5982 | </para>
|
---|
5983 |
|
---|
5984 | <para>
|
---|
5985 | This event is currently only handled on Windows hosts and Mac
|
---|
5986 | OS X hosts. When this event is generated, &product-name; will
|
---|
5987 | pause all running VMs.
|
---|
5988 | </para>
|
---|
5989 | </listitem>
|
---|
5990 |
|
---|
5991 | <listitem>
|
---|
5992 | <para>
|
---|
5993 | <emphasis role="bold">Host Resumes.</emphasis> This event is
|
---|
5994 | generated when the host woke up from the suspended state.
|
---|
5995 | </para>
|
---|
5996 |
|
---|
5997 | <para>
|
---|
5998 | This event is currently only handled on Windows hosts and Mac
|
---|
5999 | OS X hosts. When this event is generated, &product-name; will
|
---|
6000 | resume all VMs which are where paused before.
|
---|
6001 | </para>
|
---|
6002 | </listitem>
|
---|
6003 |
|
---|
6004 | <listitem>
|
---|
6005 | <para>
|
---|
6006 | <emphasis role="bold">Battery Low.</emphasis> The battery
|
---|
6007 | level reached a critical level, usually less than 5 percent
|
---|
6008 | charged.
|
---|
6009 | </para>
|
---|
6010 |
|
---|
6011 | <para>
|
---|
6012 | This event is currently only handled on Windows hosts and Mac
|
---|
6013 | OS X hosts. When this event is generated, &product-name; will
|
---|
6014 | save the state and terminate all VMs in preparation of a
|
---|
6015 | potential host powerdown.
|
---|
6016 | </para>
|
---|
6017 |
|
---|
6018 | <para>
|
---|
6019 | The behavior can be configured. By executing the following
|
---|
6020 | command, no VM is saved:
|
---|
6021 | </para>
|
---|
6022 |
|
---|
6023 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global "VBoxInternal2/SavestateOnBatteryLow" 0</screen>
|
---|
6024 |
|
---|
6025 | <para>
|
---|
6026 | This is a global setting as well as a per-VM setting. The
|
---|
6027 | per-VM value has higher precedence than the global value. The
|
---|
6028 | following command will save the state of all VMs but will not
|
---|
6029 | save the state of VM "foo":
|
---|
6030 | </para>
|
---|
6031 |
|
---|
6032 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global "VBoxInternal2/SavestateOnBatteryLow" 1
|
---|
6033 | VBoxManage setextradata "foo" "VBoxInternal2/SavestateOnBatteryLow" 0</screen>
|
---|
6034 |
|
---|
6035 | <para>
|
---|
6036 | The first line is actually not required as by default the
|
---|
6037 | savestate action is performed.
|
---|
6038 | </para>
|
---|
6039 | </listitem>
|
---|
6040 |
|
---|
6041 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6042 |
|
---|
6043 | </sect1>
|
---|
6044 |
|
---|
6045 | <sect1 id="sse412passthrough">
|
---|
6046 |
|
---|
6047 | <title>Passing Through SSE4.1/SSE4.2 Instructions</title>
|
---|
6048 |
|
---|
6049 | <para>
|
---|
6050 | To provide SSE 4.1/SSE 4.2 support to guests, the host CPU has to
|
---|
6051 | implement these instruction sets. The instruction sets are exposed
|
---|
6052 | to guests by default, but it is possible to disable the
|
---|
6053 | instructions for certain guests by using the following commands:
|
---|
6054 | </para>
|
---|
6055 |
|
---|
6056 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/CPUM/IsaExts/SSE4.1 0
|
---|
6057 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/CPUM/IsaExts/SSE4.2 0</screen>
|
---|
6058 |
|
---|
6059 | <para>
|
---|
6060 | These are per-VM settings which are enabled by default.
|
---|
6061 | </para>
|
---|
6062 |
|
---|
6063 | </sect1>
|
---|
6064 |
|
---|
6065 | <sect1 id="hidledssync">
|
---|
6066 |
|
---|
6067 | <title>Support for Keyboard Indicator Synchronization</title>
|
---|
6068 |
|
---|
6069 | <para>
|
---|
6070 | This feature makes the host keyboard indicators (LEDs) match those
|
---|
6071 | of the VM's emulated keyboard when the machine window is active.
|
---|
6072 | It is currently implemented for Mac OS X and Windows hosts. This
|
---|
6073 | feature is enabled by default on supported host OSes. You can
|
---|
6074 | disable this feature by running the following command:
|
---|
6075 | </para>
|
---|
6076 |
|
---|
6077 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/HidLedsSync 0</screen>
|
---|
6078 |
|
---|
6079 | <para>
|
---|
6080 | This is a per-VM setting, which is enabled by default.
|
---|
6081 | </para>
|
---|
6082 |
|
---|
6083 | </sect1>
|
---|
6084 |
|
---|
6085 | <sect1 id="usbtrafficcapturing">
|
---|
6086 |
|
---|
6087 | <title>Capturing USB Traffic for Selected Devices</title>
|
---|
6088 |
|
---|
6089 | <para>
|
---|
6090 | You can capture USB traffic for single USB devices or on the root
|
---|
6091 | hub level, which captures the traffic of all USB devices attached
|
---|
6092 | to the root hub. &product-name; stores the traffic in a format
|
---|
6093 | which is compatible with Wireshark. To capture the traffic of a
|
---|
6094 | specific USB device it must be attached to the VM with
|
---|
6095 | <command>VBoxManage</command> using the following command:
|
---|
6096 | </para>
|
---|
6097 |
|
---|
6098 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" usbattach "device uuid|address" --capturefile "filename"</screen>
|
---|
6099 |
|
---|
6100 | <para>
|
---|
6101 | In order to enable capturing on the root hub use the following
|
---|
6102 | command while the VM is not running:
|
---|
6103 | </para>
|
---|
6104 |
|
---|
6105 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
6106 | VBoxInternal/Devices/usb-ehci/0/LUN#0/Config/CaptureFilename "filename"</screen>
|
---|
6107 |
|
---|
6108 | <para>
|
---|
6109 | The command above enables capturing on the root hub attached to
|
---|
6110 | the EHCI controller. To enable it for the OHCI or XHCI controller
|
---|
6111 | replace <computeroutput>usb-ehci</computeroutput> with
|
---|
6112 | <computeroutput>usb-ohci</computeroutput> or
|
---|
6113 | <computeroutput>usb-xhci</computeroutput> respectively.
|
---|
6114 | </para>
|
---|
6115 |
|
---|
6116 | </sect1>
|
---|
6117 |
|
---|
6118 | <sect1 id="heartbeatservice">
|
---|
6119 |
|
---|
6120 | <title>Configuring the Heartbeat Service</title>
|
---|
6121 |
|
---|
6122 | <para>
|
---|
6123 | &product-name; ships a simple heartbeat service. Once the Guest
|
---|
6124 | Additions are active, the guest sends frequent heartbeat pings to
|
---|
6125 | the host. If the guest stops sending the heartbeat pings without
|
---|
6126 | properly terminating the service, the VM process will log this
|
---|
6127 | event in the VBox.log file. In the future it might be possible to
|
---|
6128 | configure dedicated actions but for now there is only a warning in
|
---|
6129 | the log file.
|
---|
6130 | </para>
|
---|
6131 |
|
---|
6132 | <para>
|
---|
6133 | There are two parameters to configure. The <emphasis>heartbeat
|
---|
6134 | interval</emphasis> defines the time between two heartbeat pings.
|
---|
6135 | The default value is 2 seconds, that is, the heartbeat service of
|
---|
6136 | the &product-name; Guest Additions will send a heartbeat ping
|
---|
6137 | every two seconds. The value in nanoseconds can be configured like
|
---|
6138 | this:
|
---|
6139 | </para>
|
---|
6140 |
|
---|
6141 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"\
|
---|
6142 | VBoxInternal/Devices/VMMDev/0/Config/HeartbeatInterval 2000000000</screen>
|
---|
6143 |
|
---|
6144 | <para>
|
---|
6145 | The <emphasis>heartbeat timeout</emphasis> defines the time the
|
---|
6146 | host waits starting from the last heartbeat ping before it defines
|
---|
6147 | the guest as unresponsive. The default value is 2 times the
|
---|
6148 | heartbeat interval (4 seconds) and can be configured as following,
|
---|
6149 | in nanoseconds:
|
---|
6150 | </para>
|
---|
6151 |
|
---|
6152 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
6153 | VBoxInternal/Devices/VMMDev/0/Config/HeartbeatTimeout 4000000000</screen>
|
---|
6154 |
|
---|
6155 | <para>
|
---|
6156 | If the heartbeat timeout expires, there will be a log message like
|
---|
6157 | <emphasis>VMMDev: HeartBeatCheckTimer: Guest seems to be
|
---|
6158 | unresponsive. Last heartbeat received 5 seconds ago.</emphasis> If
|
---|
6159 | another heartbeat ping arrives after this warning, there will be a
|
---|
6160 | log message like <emphasis>VMMDev: GuestHeartBeat: Guest is
|
---|
6161 | alive.</emphasis>
|
---|
6162 | </para>
|
---|
6163 |
|
---|
6164 | </sect1>
|
---|
6165 |
|
---|
6166 | <sect1 id="diskencryption">
|
---|
6167 |
|
---|
6168 | <title>Encryption of Disk Images</title>
|
---|
6169 |
|
---|
6170 | <para>
|
---|
6171 | &product-name; enables you to transparently encrypt the data
|
---|
6172 | stored in hard disk images for the guest. It does not depend on a
|
---|
6173 | specific image format to be used. Images which have the data
|
---|
6174 | encrypted are not portable between &product-name; and other
|
---|
6175 | virtualization software.
|
---|
6176 | </para>
|
---|
6177 |
|
---|
6178 | <para>
|
---|
6179 | &product-name; uses the AES algorithm in XTS mode and supports
|
---|
6180 | 128-bit or 256-bit data encryption keys (DEK). The DEK is stored
|
---|
6181 | encrypted in the medium properties and is decrypted during VM
|
---|
6182 | startup by entering a password which was chosen when the image was
|
---|
6183 | encrypted.
|
---|
6184 | </para>
|
---|
6185 |
|
---|
6186 | <para>
|
---|
6187 | Since the DEK is stored as part of the VM configuration file, it
|
---|
6188 | is important that it is kept safe. Losing the DEK means that the
|
---|
6189 | data stored in the disk images is lost irrecoverably. Having
|
---|
6190 | complete and up to date backups of all data related to the VM is
|
---|
6191 | the responsibility of the user.
|
---|
6192 | </para>
|
---|
6193 |
|
---|
6194 | <sect2 id="diskencryption-limitations">
|
---|
6195 |
|
---|
6196 | <title>Limitations of Disk Encryption</title>
|
---|
6197 |
|
---|
6198 | <para>
|
---|
6199 | There are some limitations the user needs to be aware of when
|
---|
6200 | using this feature:
|
---|
6201 | </para>
|
---|
6202 |
|
---|
6203 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6204 |
|
---|
6205 | <listitem>
|
---|
6206 | <para>
|
---|
6207 | This feature is part of the &product-name; Extension Pack,
|
---|
6208 | which needs to be installed. Otherwise disk encryption is
|
---|
6209 | unavailable.
|
---|
6210 | </para>
|
---|
6211 | </listitem>
|
---|
6212 |
|
---|
6213 | <listitem>
|
---|
6214 | <para>
|
---|
6215 | Since encryption works only on the stored user data, it is
|
---|
6216 | currently not possible to check for metadata integrity of
|
---|
6217 | the disk image. Attackers might destroy data by removing or
|
---|
6218 | changing blocks of data in the image or change metadata
|
---|
6219 | items such as the disk size.
|
---|
6220 | </para>
|
---|
6221 | </listitem>
|
---|
6222 |
|
---|
6223 | <listitem>
|
---|
6224 | <para>
|
---|
6225 | Exporting appliances which contain encrypted disk images is
|
---|
6226 | not possible because the OVF specification does not support
|
---|
6227 | this. All images are therefore decrypted during export.
|
---|
6228 | </para>
|
---|
6229 | </listitem>
|
---|
6230 |
|
---|
6231 | <listitem>
|
---|
6232 | <para>
|
---|
6233 | The DEK is kept in memory while the VM is running to be able
|
---|
6234 | to decrypt data read and encrypt data written by the guest.
|
---|
6235 | While this should be obvious the user needs to be aware of
|
---|
6236 | this because an attacker might be able to extract the key on
|
---|
6237 | a compromised host and decrypt the data.
|
---|
6238 | </para>
|
---|
6239 | </listitem>
|
---|
6240 |
|
---|
6241 | <listitem>
|
---|
6242 | <para>
|
---|
6243 | When encrypting or decrypting the images, the password is
|
---|
6244 | passed in clear text using the &product-name; API. This
|
---|
6245 | needs to be kept in mind, especially when using third party
|
---|
6246 | API clients which make use of the webservice where the
|
---|
6247 | password might be transmitted over the network. The use of
|
---|
6248 | HTTPS is mandatory in such a case.
|
---|
6249 | </para>
|
---|
6250 | </listitem>
|
---|
6251 |
|
---|
6252 | <listitem>
|
---|
6253 | <para>
|
---|
6254 | Encrypting images with differencing images is only possible
|
---|
6255 | if there are no snapshots or a linear chain of snapshots.
|
---|
6256 | This limitation may be addressed in a future &product-name;
|
---|
6257 | version.
|
---|
6258 | </para>
|
---|
6259 | </listitem>
|
---|
6260 |
|
---|
6261 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6262 |
|
---|
6263 | </sect2>
|
---|
6264 |
|
---|
6265 | <sect2 id="diskencryption-encryption">
|
---|
6266 |
|
---|
6267 | <title>Encrypting Disk Images</title>
|
---|
6268 |
|
---|
6269 | <para>
|
---|
6270 | Encrypting disk images can be done either using the GUI or
|
---|
6271 | <command>VBoxManage</command>. While the GUI is easier to use,
|
---|
6272 | it works on a per VM basis and encrypts all disk images attached
|
---|
6273 | to the specific VM. With <command>VBoxManage</command> one can
|
---|
6274 | encrypt individual images, including all differencing images. To
|
---|
6275 | encrypt an unencrypted medium with
|
---|
6276 | <command>VBoxManage</command>, use:
|
---|
6277 | </para>
|
---|
6278 |
|
---|
6279 | <screen>VBoxManage encryptmedium "uuid|filename" \
|
---|
6280 | --newpassword "file|-" --cipher "cipher id" --newpasswordid "id"</screen>
|
---|
6281 |
|
---|
6282 | <para>
|
---|
6283 | To supply the encryption password point
|
---|
6284 | <command>VBoxManage</command> to the file where the password is
|
---|
6285 | stored or specify <option>-</option> to let VBoxManage ask you
|
---|
6286 | for the password on the command line.
|
---|
6287 | </para>
|
---|
6288 |
|
---|
6289 | <para>
|
---|
6290 | The cipher parameter specifies the cipher to use for encryption
|
---|
6291 | and can be either
|
---|
6292 | <computeroutput>AES-XTS128-PLAIN64</computeroutput> or
|
---|
6293 | <computeroutput>AES-XTS256-PLAIN64</computeroutput>. The
|
---|
6294 | specified password identifier can be freely chosen by the user
|
---|
6295 | and is used for correct identification when supplying multiple
|
---|
6296 | passwords during VM startup.
|
---|
6297 | </para>
|
---|
6298 |
|
---|
6299 | <para>
|
---|
6300 | If the user uses the same password when encrypting multiple
|
---|
6301 | images and also the same password identifier, the user needs to
|
---|
6302 | supply the password only once during VM startup.
|
---|
6303 | </para>
|
---|
6304 |
|
---|
6305 | </sect2>
|
---|
6306 |
|
---|
6307 | <sect2 id="diskencryption-startvm">
|
---|
6308 |
|
---|
6309 | <title>Starting a VM with Encrypted Images</title>
|
---|
6310 |
|
---|
6311 | <para>
|
---|
6312 | When a VM is started using the GUI, a dialog will open where the
|
---|
6313 | user needs to enter all passwords for all encrypted images
|
---|
6314 | attached to the VM. If another frontend like VBoxHeadless is
|
---|
6315 | used, the VM will be paused as soon as the guest tries to access
|
---|
6316 | an encrypted disk. The user needs to provide the passwords
|
---|
6317 | through <command>VBoxManage</command> using the following
|
---|
6318 | command:
|
---|
6319 | </para>
|
---|
6320 |
|
---|
6321 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "uuid|vmname" addencpassword "id" "password" [--removeonsuspend "yes|no"]</screen>
|
---|
6322 |
|
---|
6323 | <para>
|
---|
6324 | The <computeroutput>id</computeroutput> parameter must be the
|
---|
6325 | same as the password identifier supplied when encrypting the
|
---|
6326 | images. <computeroutput>password</computeroutput> is the
|
---|
6327 | password used when encrypting the images. The user can
|
---|
6328 | optionally specify <computeroutput>--removeonsuspend
|
---|
6329 | "yes|no"</computeroutput> to specify whether to remove the
|
---|
6330 | password from VM memory when the VM is suspended. Before the VM
|
---|
6331 | can be resumed, the user needs to supply the passwords again.
|
---|
6332 | This is useful when a VM is suspended by a host suspend event
|
---|
6333 | and the user does not want the password to remain in memory.
|
---|
6334 | </para>
|
---|
6335 |
|
---|
6336 | </sect2>
|
---|
6337 |
|
---|
6338 | <sect2 id="diskencryption-decryption">
|
---|
6339 |
|
---|
6340 | <title>Decrypting Encrypted Images</title>
|
---|
6341 |
|
---|
6342 | <para>
|
---|
6343 | In some circumstances it might be required to decrypt previously
|
---|
6344 | encrypted images. This can be done in the GUI for a complete VM
|
---|
6345 | or using <command>VBoxManage</command> with the following
|
---|
6346 | command:
|
---|
6347 | </para>
|
---|
6348 |
|
---|
6349 | <screen>VBoxManage encryptmedium "uuid|filename" --oldpassword "file|-"</screen>
|
---|
6350 |
|
---|
6351 | <para>
|
---|
6352 | The only required parameter is the password the image was
|
---|
6353 | encrypted with. The options are the same as for encrypting
|
---|
6354 | images.
|
---|
6355 | </para>
|
---|
6356 |
|
---|
6357 | </sect2>
|
---|
6358 |
|
---|
6359 | </sect1>
|
---|
6360 |
|
---|
6361 | <sect1 id="gimdebug">
|
---|
6362 |
|
---|
6363 | <title>Paravirtualized Debugging</title>
|
---|
6364 |
|
---|
6365 | <para>
|
---|
6366 | In this section we cover debugging of guest operating systems
|
---|
6367 | using interfaces supported by paravirtualization providers.
|
---|
6368 | </para>
|
---|
6369 |
|
---|
6370 | <note>
|
---|
6371 | <para>
|
---|
6372 | Paravirtualized debugging significantly alter guest operating
|
---|
6373 | system behaviour and should only be used by expert users for
|
---|
6374 | debugging and diagnostics.
|
---|
6375 | </para>
|
---|
6376 | </note>
|
---|
6377 |
|
---|
6378 | <para>
|
---|
6379 | These debug options are specified as a string of key-value pairs
|
---|
6380 | separated by commas. An empty string disables paravirtualized
|
---|
6381 | debugging.
|
---|
6382 | </para>
|
---|
6383 |
|
---|
6384 | <sect2 id="gimdebughyperv">
|
---|
6385 |
|
---|
6386 | <title>Hyper-V Debug Options</title>
|
---|
6387 |
|
---|
6388 | <para>
|
---|
6389 | All of the options listed below are optional, and thus the
|
---|
6390 | default value specified will be used when the corresponding
|
---|
6391 | key-value pair is not specified.
|
---|
6392 | </para>
|
---|
6393 |
|
---|
6394 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6395 |
|
---|
6396 | <listitem>
|
---|
6397 | <para>
|
---|
6398 | Key:
|
---|
6399 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>enabled</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
6400 | </para>
|
---|
6401 |
|
---|
6402 | <para>
|
---|
6403 | Value: <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> or
|
---|
6404 | <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>
|
---|
6405 | </para>
|
---|
6406 |
|
---|
6407 | <para>
|
---|
6408 | Default: <computeroutput>0</computeroutput>
|
---|
6409 | </para>
|
---|
6410 |
|
---|
6411 | <para>
|
---|
6412 | Specify <computeroutput>1</computeroutput> to enable the
|
---|
6413 | Hyper-V debug interface. If this key-value pair is not
|
---|
6414 | specified or the value is not
|
---|
6415 | <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>, the Hyper-V debug
|
---|
6416 | interface is disabled regardless of other key-value pairs
|
---|
6417 | being present.
|
---|
6418 | </para>
|
---|
6419 | </listitem>
|
---|
6420 |
|
---|
6421 | <listitem>
|
---|
6422 | <para>
|
---|
6423 | Key:
|
---|
6424 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>address</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
6425 | </para>
|
---|
6426 |
|
---|
6427 | <para>
|
---|
6428 | Value: IPv4 address
|
---|
6429 | </para>
|
---|
6430 |
|
---|
6431 | <para>
|
---|
6432 | Default: 127.0.0.1
|
---|
6433 | </para>
|
---|
6434 |
|
---|
6435 | <para>
|
---|
6436 | Specify the IPv4 address where the remote debugger is
|
---|
6437 | connected.
|
---|
6438 | </para>
|
---|
6439 | </listitem>
|
---|
6440 |
|
---|
6441 | <listitem>
|
---|
6442 | <para>
|
---|
6443 | Key:
|
---|
6444 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>port</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
6445 | </para>
|
---|
6446 |
|
---|
6447 | <para>
|
---|
6448 | Value: UDP port number
|
---|
6449 | </para>
|
---|
6450 |
|
---|
6451 | <para>
|
---|
6452 | Default: 50000
|
---|
6453 | </para>
|
---|
6454 |
|
---|
6455 | <para>
|
---|
6456 | Specify the UDP port number where the remote debugger is
|
---|
6457 | connected.
|
---|
6458 | </para>
|
---|
6459 | </listitem>
|
---|
6460 |
|
---|
6461 | <listitem>
|
---|
6462 | <para>
|
---|
6463 | Key:
|
---|
6464 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>vendor</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
6465 | </para>
|
---|
6466 |
|
---|
6467 | <para>
|
---|
6468 | Value: Hyper-V vendor signature reported by CPUID to the
|
---|
6469 | guest
|
---|
6470 | </para>
|
---|
6471 |
|
---|
6472 | <para>
|
---|
6473 | Default: When debugging is enabled:
|
---|
6474 | <computeroutput>Microsoft Hv</computeroutput>, otherwise:
|
---|
6475 | <computeroutput>VBoxVBoxVBox</computeroutput>
|
---|
6476 | </para>
|
---|
6477 |
|
---|
6478 | <para>
|
---|
6479 | Specify the Hyper-V vendor signature which is exposed to the
|
---|
6480 | guest by CPUID. For debugging Microsoft Windows guests, it
|
---|
6481 | is required the hypervisor reports the Microsoft vendor.
|
---|
6482 | </para>
|
---|
6483 | </listitem>
|
---|
6484 |
|
---|
6485 | <listitem>
|
---|
6486 | <para>
|
---|
6487 | Key:
|
---|
6488 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>hypercallinterface</computeroutput>
|
---|
6489 | </emphasis>
|
---|
6490 | </para>
|
---|
6491 |
|
---|
6492 | <para>
|
---|
6493 | Value: <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> or
|
---|
6494 | <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>
|
---|
6495 | </para>
|
---|
6496 |
|
---|
6497 | <para>
|
---|
6498 | Default: <computeroutput>0</computeroutput>
|
---|
6499 | </para>
|
---|
6500 |
|
---|
6501 | <para>
|
---|
6502 | Specify whether hypercalls should be suggested for
|
---|
6503 | initiating debug data transfers between host and guest
|
---|
6504 | rather than MSRs when requested by the guest.
|
---|
6505 | </para>
|
---|
6506 | </listitem>
|
---|
6507 |
|
---|
6508 | <listitem>
|
---|
6509 | <para>
|
---|
6510 | Key:
|
---|
6511 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>vsinterface</computeroutput>
|
---|
6512 | </emphasis>
|
---|
6513 | </para>
|
---|
6514 |
|
---|
6515 | <para>
|
---|
6516 | Value: <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> or
|
---|
6517 | <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>
|
---|
6518 | </para>
|
---|
6519 |
|
---|
6520 | <para>
|
---|
6521 | Default: When debugging is enabled,
|
---|
6522 | <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>, otherwise
|
---|
6523 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput>
|
---|
6524 | </para>
|
---|
6525 |
|
---|
6526 | <para>
|
---|
6527 | Specify whether to expose the VS#1 virtualization service
|
---|
6528 | interface to the guest. This interface is required for
|
---|
6529 | debugging Microsoft Windows 10 32-bit guests, but is
|
---|
6530 | optional for other Windows versions.
|
---|
6531 | </para>
|
---|
6532 | </listitem>
|
---|
6533 |
|
---|
6534 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6535 |
|
---|
6536 | <sect3 id="gimdebughyperv-windows-setup">
|
---|
6537 |
|
---|
6538 | <title>Setting up Windows Guests for Debugging with the Hyper-V
|
---|
6539 | Paravirtualization Provider</title>
|
---|
6540 |
|
---|
6541 | <para>
|
---|
6542 | Windows supports debugging over a serial cable, USB, IEEE 1394
|
---|
6543 | Firewire, and Ethernet. USB and IEEE 1394 are not applicable
|
---|
6544 | for virtual machines, and Ethernet requires Windows 8 or
|
---|
6545 | later. While a serial connection is universally usable, it is
|
---|
6546 | slow.
|
---|
6547 | </para>
|
---|
6548 |
|
---|
6549 | <para>
|
---|
6550 | Debugging using the Hyper-V debug transport, supported on
|
---|
6551 | Windows Vista and later, offers significant benefits. It
|
---|
6552 | provides excellent performance due to direct host-to-guest
|
---|
6553 | transfers, it is easy to set up and requires minimal support
|
---|
6554 | from the hypervisor. It can be used with the debugger running
|
---|
6555 | on the same host as the VM or with the debugger and VM on
|
---|
6556 | separate machines connected over a network.
|
---|
6557 | </para>
|
---|
6558 |
|
---|
6559 | <para>
|
---|
6560 | <emphasis role="bold">Prerequisites</emphasis>
|
---|
6561 | </para>
|
---|
6562 |
|
---|
6563 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6564 |
|
---|
6565 | <listitem>
|
---|
6566 | <para>
|
---|
6567 | A VM configured for Hyper-V paravirtualization running a
|
---|
6568 | Windows Vista or newer Windows guest. You can check the
|
---|
6569 | effective paravirtualization provider for your VM with the
|
---|
6570 | output of the following <command>VBoxManage</command>
|
---|
6571 | command:
|
---|
6572 | </para>
|
---|
6573 |
|
---|
6574 | <screen>VBoxManage showvminfo "VM name"</screen>
|
---|
6575 | </listitem>
|
---|
6576 |
|
---|
6577 | <listitem>
|
---|
6578 | <para>
|
---|
6579 | A sufficiently up-to-date version of the Microsoft WinDbg
|
---|
6580 | debugger required to debug the version of Windows in your
|
---|
6581 | VM.
|
---|
6582 | </para>
|
---|
6583 | </listitem>
|
---|
6584 |
|
---|
6585 | <listitem>
|
---|
6586 | <para>
|
---|
6587 | While Windows 8 and newer Windows guests ship with Hyper-V
|
---|
6588 | debug support, Windows 7 and Vista do not. To use Hyper-V
|
---|
6589 | debugging with a Windows 7 or Vista guest, copy the file
|
---|
6590 | <computeroutput>kdvm.dll</computeroutput> from a Windows
|
---|
6591 | 8.0 installation. This file is typically located in
|
---|
6592 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System32</computeroutput>. Copy
|
---|
6593 | it to the same location in your Windows 7/Vista guest.
|
---|
6594 | Make sure you copy the 32-bit or 64-bit version of the DLL
|
---|
6595 | which matches your guest OS.
|
---|
6596 | </para>
|
---|
6597 |
|
---|
6598 | <note>
|
---|
6599 | <para>
|
---|
6600 | Only Windows 8.0 ships
|
---|
6601 | <computeroutput>kdvm.dll</computeroutput>. Windows 8.1
|
---|
6602 | and newer Windows versions do not.
|
---|
6603 | </para>
|
---|
6604 | </note>
|
---|
6605 | </listitem>
|
---|
6606 |
|
---|
6607 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6608 |
|
---|
6609 | <para>
|
---|
6610 | <emphasis role="bold">VM and Guest Configuration</emphasis>
|
---|
6611 | </para>
|
---|
6612 |
|
---|
6613 | <orderedlist>
|
---|
6614 |
|
---|
6615 | <listitem>
|
---|
6616 | <para>
|
---|
6617 | Power off the VM.
|
---|
6618 | </para>
|
---|
6619 | </listitem>
|
---|
6620 |
|
---|
6621 | <listitem>
|
---|
6622 | <para>
|
---|
6623 | Enable the debug options with the following
|
---|
6624 | <command>VBoxManage</command> command:
|
---|
6625 | </para>
|
---|
6626 |
|
---|
6627 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --paravirtdebug "enabled=1"</screen>
|
---|
6628 |
|
---|
6629 | <para>
|
---|
6630 | The above command assumes your debugger will connect to
|
---|
6631 | your host machine on UDP port 50000. However, if you need
|
---|
6632 | to run the debugger on a remote machine you may specify
|
---|
6633 | the remote address and port here. For example:
|
---|
6634 | </para>
|
---|
6635 |
|
---|
6636 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --paravirtdebug "enabled=1,address=192.168.32.1,port=55000"</screen>
|
---|
6637 |
|
---|
6638 | <para>
|
---|
6639 | See <xref linkend="gimdebughyperv" /> for the complete set
|
---|
6640 | of options.
|
---|
6641 | </para>
|
---|
6642 | </listitem>
|
---|
6643 |
|
---|
6644 | <listitem>
|
---|
6645 | <para>
|
---|
6646 | Start the VM.
|
---|
6647 | </para>
|
---|
6648 | </listitem>
|
---|
6649 |
|
---|
6650 | <listitem>
|
---|
6651 | <para>
|
---|
6652 | In the guest, start an elevated command prompt and execute
|
---|
6653 | the following commands:
|
---|
6654 | </para>
|
---|
6655 |
|
---|
6656 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6657 |
|
---|
6658 | <listitem>
|
---|
6659 | <para>
|
---|
6660 | For a Windows 8 or newer Windows guest:
|
---|
6661 | </para>
|
---|
6662 |
|
---|
6663 | <screen>bcdedit /dbgsettings net hostip:5.5.5.5 port:50000 key:1.2.3.4</screen>
|
---|
6664 | </listitem>
|
---|
6665 |
|
---|
6666 | <listitem>
|
---|
6667 | <para>
|
---|
6668 | For a Windows 7 or Vista guest:
|
---|
6669 | </para>
|
---|
6670 |
|
---|
6671 | <screen>bcdedit /set loadoptions host_ip=5.5.5.5,host_port=50000,encryption_key=1.2.3.4</screen>
|
---|
6672 |
|
---|
6673 | <screen>bcdedit /set dbgtransport kdvm.dll</screen>
|
---|
6674 |
|
---|
6675 | <para>
|
---|
6676 | The IP address and port in the
|
---|
6677 | <command>bcdedit</command> command are ignored when
|
---|
6678 | using the Hyper-V debug transport. Any valid IP and a
|
---|
6679 | port number greater than 49151 and lower than 65536
|
---|
6680 | can be entered.
|
---|
6681 | </para>
|
---|
6682 |
|
---|
6683 | <para>
|
---|
6684 | The encryption key in the <command>bcdedit</command>
|
---|
6685 | command is relevant and must be valid. The key
|
---|
6686 | "1.2.3.4" used in the above example is valid and may
|
---|
6687 | be used if security is not a concern. If you do not
|
---|
6688 | specify any encryption key, <command>bcdedit</command>
|
---|
6689 | will generate one for you and you will need to copy
|
---|
6690 | this key to later enter in Microsoft WinDbg on the
|
---|
6691 | remote end. This encryption key is used to encrypt the
|
---|
6692 | debug data exchanged between Windows and the debugger.
|
---|
6693 | </para>
|
---|
6694 | </listitem>
|
---|
6695 |
|
---|
6696 | <listitem>
|
---|
6697 | <para>
|
---|
6698 | Run one or more of the following commands to enable
|
---|
6699 | debugging for the appropriate phase or component of
|
---|
6700 | your Windows guest:
|
---|
6701 | </para>
|
---|
6702 |
|
---|
6703 | <screen>bcdedit /set debug on</screen>
|
---|
6704 |
|
---|
6705 | <screen>bcdedit /set bootdebug on</screen>
|
---|
6706 |
|
---|
6707 | <screen>bcdedit /set {bootmgr} bootdebug on</screen>
|
---|
6708 |
|
---|
6709 | <para>
|
---|
6710 | Please note that the <command>bootdebug</command>
|
---|
6711 | options are only effective on Windows 8 or newer when
|
---|
6712 | using the Hyper-V debug transport. Refer to Microsoft
|
---|
6713 | Windows documentation for detailed explanation of
|
---|
6714 | <command>bcdedit</command> options.
|
---|
6715 | </para>
|
---|
6716 | </listitem>
|
---|
6717 |
|
---|
6718 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6719 | </listitem>
|
---|
6720 |
|
---|
6721 | <listitem>
|
---|
6722 | <para>
|
---|
6723 | Start Microsoft WinDbg on your host machine or remote
|
---|
6724 | host.
|
---|
6725 | </para>
|
---|
6726 |
|
---|
6727 | <para>
|
---|
6728 | From the <emphasis role="bold">File</emphasis> menu,
|
---|
6729 | select <emphasis role="bold">Kernel Debug</emphasis>. On
|
---|
6730 | the <emphasis role="bold">NET</emphasis> tab, specify the
|
---|
6731 | UDP port number you used in the
|
---|
6732 | <computeroutput>paravirtdebug</computeroutput> options. If
|
---|
6733 | you did not specify any, leave it as 50000. Ensure that
|
---|
6734 | the UDP port is not blocked by a firewall or other
|
---|
6735 | security software.
|
---|
6736 | </para>
|
---|
6737 |
|
---|
6738 | <para>
|
---|
6739 | In the <emphasis role="bold">Key</emphasis> field, enter
|
---|
6740 | <computeroutput>1.2.3.4</computeroutput> or the encryption
|
---|
6741 | key from the <computeroutput>bcdedit</computeroutput>
|
---|
6742 | command in your Windows guest.
|
---|
6743 | </para>
|
---|
6744 |
|
---|
6745 | <para>
|
---|
6746 | Click <emphasis role="bold">OK</emphasis> to start
|
---|
6747 | listening for connections. Microsoft WinDbg typically
|
---|
6748 | shows a Waiting to Reconnect message during this phase.
|
---|
6749 | </para>
|
---|
6750 |
|
---|
6751 | <para>
|
---|
6752 | Alternatively, to directly start a debug session, run
|
---|
6753 | WinDbg from the command line as follows :
|
---|
6754 | </para>
|
---|
6755 |
|
---|
6756 | <screen>windbg.exe -k net:port=50000,key=1.2.3.4</screen>
|
---|
6757 |
|
---|
6758 | <para>
|
---|
6759 | See the WinDbg documentation for the complete command line
|
---|
6760 | syntax.
|
---|
6761 | </para>
|
---|
6762 | </listitem>
|
---|
6763 |
|
---|
6764 | <listitem>
|
---|
6765 | <para>
|
---|
6766 | Reboot your Windows guest and it should then connect as a
|
---|
6767 | debuggee with Microsoft WinDbg.
|
---|
6768 | </para>
|
---|
6769 | </listitem>
|
---|
6770 |
|
---|
6771 | </orderedlist>
|
---|
6772 |
|
---|
6773 | </sect3>
|
---|
6774 |
|
---|
6775 | </sect2>
|
---|
6776 |
|
---|
6777 | </sect1>
|
---|
6778 |
|
---|
6779 | <sect1 id="pcspeaker_passthrough">
|
---|
6780 |
|
---|
6781 | <title>PC Speaker Passthrough</title>
|
---|
6782 |
|
---|
6783 | <para>
|
---|
6784 | As an experimental feature, primarily due to being limited to
|
---|
6785 | Linux host only and unknown Linux distribution coverage,
|
---|
6786 | &product-name; supports passing through the PC speaker to the
|
---|
6787 | host. The PC speaker, sometimes called the system speaker, is a
|
---|
6788 | way to produce audible feedback such as beeps without the need for
|
---|
6789 | regular audio and sound card support.
|
---|
6790 | </para>
|
---|
6791 |
|
---|
6792 | <para>
|
---|
6793 | The PC speaker passthrough feature in &product-name; handles beeps
|
---|
6794 | only. Advanced PC speaker use by the VM, such as PCM audio, will
|
---|
6795 | not work, resulting in undefined host behavior.
|
---|
6796 | </para>
|
---|
6797 |
|
---|
6798 | <para>
|
---|
6799 | Producing beeps on Linux is a very complex topic. &product-name;
|
---|
6800 | offers a collection of options, in an attempt to make this work
|
---|
6801 | deterministically and reliably on as many Linux distributions and
|
---|
6802 | system configurations as possible. These are summarized in the
|
---|
6803 | following table.
|
---|
6804 | </para>
|
---|
6805 |
|
---|
6806 | <table id="table-pcspeaker-config" tabstyle="oracle-all">
|
---|
6807 | <title>PC Speaker Configuration Options</title>
|
---|
6808 | <tgroup cols="3">
|
---|
6809 | <thead>
|
---|
6810 | <row>
|
---|
6811 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6812 | <emphasis role="bold">Code</emphasis>
|
---|
6813 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6814 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6815 | <emphasis role="bold">Device</emphasis>
|
---|
6816 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6817 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6818 | <emphasis role="bold">Notes</emphasis>
|
---|
6819 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6820 | </row>
|
---|
6821 | </thead>
|
---|
6822 | <tbody>
|
---|
6823 | <row>
|
---|
6824 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6825 | 1
|
---|
6826 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6827 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6828 | <computeroutput>/dev/input/by-path/platform-pcspkr-event-spkr</computeroutput>
|
---|
6829 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6830 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6831 | Direct host PC speaker use.
|
---|
6832 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6833 | </row>
|
---|
6834 | <row>
|
---|
6835 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6836 | 2
|
---|
6837 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6838 | <entry><computeroutput>/dev/tty</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
6839 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6840 | Uses the terminal association of the VM process. VM
|
---|
6841 | needs to be started on a virtual console.
|
---|
6842 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6843 | </row>
|
---|
6844 | <row>
|
---|
6845 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6846 | 3
|
---|
6847 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6848 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6849 | <computeroutput>/dev/tty0</computeroutput> or
|
---|
6850 | <computeroutput>/dev/vc/0</computeroutput>
|
---|
6851 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6852 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6853 | Can only be used by user
|
---|
6854 | <computeroutput>root</computeroutput> or users with
|
---|
6855 | <computeroutput>cap_sys_tty_config</computeroutput>
|
---|
6856 | capability.
|
---|
6857 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6858 | </row>
|
---|
6859 | <row>
|
---|
6860 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6861 | 9
|
---|
6862 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6863 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6864 | A user-specified console or evdev device path.
|
---|
6865 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6866 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6867 | As for codes 1 to 3, but with a custom device path.
|
---|
6868 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6869 | </row>
|
---|
6870 | <row>
|
---|
6871 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6872 | 70
|
---|
6873 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6874 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6875 | <computeroutput>/dev/tty</computeroutput>
|
---|
6876 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6877 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6878 | Standard beep only. Loses frequency and length. See code
|
---|
6879 | 2.
|
---|
6880 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6881 | </row>
|
---|
6882 | <row>
|
---|
6883 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6884 | 79
|
---|
6885 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6886 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6887 | A user-specified terminal device path.
|
---|
6888 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6889 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6890 | As for code 70, but with a custom device path.
|
---|
6891 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6892 | </row>
|
---|
6893 | <row>
|
---|
6894 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6895 | 100
|
---|
6896 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6897 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6898 | All of the above.
|
---|
6899 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6900 | <entry><para>
|
---|
6901 | Tries all the available codes.
|
---|
6902 | </para></entry>
|
---|
6903 | </row>
|
---|
6904 | </tbody>
|
---|
6905 | </tgroup>
|
---|
6906 | </table>
|
---|
6907 |
|
---|
6908 | <para>
|
---|
6909 | To enable PC speaker passthrough use the following command:
|
---|
6910 | </para>
|
---|
6911 |
|
---|
6912 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/i8254/0/Config/PassthroughSpeaker" N</screen>
|
---|
6913 |
|
---|
6914 | <para>
|
---|
6915 | Replace <computeroutput>N</computeroutput> with the code
|
---|
6916 | representing the case you want to use. Changing this setting will
|
---|
6917 | take effect when the VM is started next. It is safe to enable PC
|
---|
6918 | speaker passthrough on all host OSes. It will only have an effect
|
---|
6919 | on Linux.
|
---|
6920 | </para>
|
---|
6921 |
|
---|
6922 | <para>
|
---|
6923 | The VM log file, <computeroutput>VBox.log</computeroutput>, will
|
---|
6924 | contain lines with the prefix <computeroutput>PIT:
|
---|
6925 | speaker:</computeroutput> showing the PC speaker passthrough setup
|
---|
6926 | activities. It gives hints which device it picked or why it
|
---|
6927 | failed.
|
---|
6928 | </para>
|
---|
6929 |
|
---|
6930 | <para>
|
---|
6931 | Enabling PC speaker passthrough for the VM is usually the simple
|
---|
6932 | part. The real difficulty is making sure that &product-name; can
|
---|
6933 | access the necessary device, because in a typical Linux install
|
---|
6934 | most of them can only be accessed by user
|
---|
6935 | <computeroutput>root</computeroutput>. You should follow the
|
---|
6936 | preferred way to persistently change this, such as by referring to
|
---|
6937 | your distribution's documentation. Since there are countless Linux
|
---|
6938 | distribution variants, we can only give the general hints that
|
---|
6939 | there is often a way to give the X11 session user access to
|
---|
6940 | additional devices, or you need to find a working solution using a
|
---|
6941 | udev configuration file. If everything fails you might try setting
|
---|
6942 | the permissions using a script which is run late enough in the
|
---|
6943 | host system startup.
|
---|
6944 | </para>
|
---|
6945 |
|
---|
6946 | <para>
|
---|
6947 | Sometimes additional rules are applied by the kernel to limit
|
---|
6948 | access. For example, that the VM process must have the same
|
---|
6949 | controlling terminal as the device configured to be used for
|
---|
6950 | beeping, something which is often very difficult to achieve for
|
---|
6951 | GUI applications such as &product-name;. The table above contains
|
---|
6952 | some hints, but in general refer to the Linux documentation.
|
---|
6953 | </para>
|
---|
6954 |
|
---|
6955 | <para>
|
---|
6956 | If you have trouble getting any beeps even if the device
|
---|
6957 | permissions are set up and VBox.log confirms that it uses evdev or
|
---|
6958 | console for the PC speaker control, check if your system has a PC
|
---|
6959 | speaker. Some systems do not have one. Other complications can
|
---|
6960 | arise from Linux rerouting the PC speaker output to a sound card.
|
---|
6961 | Check if the beeps are audible if you connect speakers to your
|
---|
6962 | sound card. Today almost all systems have one. Finally, check if
|
---|
6963 | the audio mixer control has a channel named "beep", which could be
|
---|
6964 | hidden in the mixer settings, and that it is not muted.
|
---|
6965 | </para>
|
---|
6966 |
|
---|
6967 | </sect1>
|
---|
6968 |
|
---|
6969 | <sect1 id="usbip">
|
---|
6970 |
|
---|
6971 | <title>Accessing USB devices Exposed Over the Network with USB/IP</title>
|
---|
6972 |
|
---|
6973 | <para>
|
---|
6974 | &product-name; supports passing through USB devices which are
|
---|
6975 | exposed over the network using the USB over IP protocol without
|
---|
6976 | the need to configure the client side provided by the kernel and
|
---|
6977 | usbip tools. Furthermore, this feature works with &product-name;
|
---|
6978 | running on any supported host, rather than just Linux alone, as is
|
---|
6979 | the case with the official client.
|
---|
6980 | </para>
|
---|
6981 |
|
---|
6982 | <para>
|
---|
6983 | To enable support for passing through USB/IP devices, the device
|
---|
6984 | server exporting the devices must be added with the following
|
---|
6985 | command:
|
---|
6986 | </para>
|
---|
6987 |
|
---|
6988 | <screen>VBoxManage usbdevsource add "Unique name" --backend "USBIP" --address "Device server[:port]"</screen>
|
---|
6989 |
|
---|
6990 | <para>
|
---|
6991 | USB devices exported on the device server are then accessible
|
---|
6992 | through the GUI or <command>VBoxManage</command>, like any USB
|
---|
6993 | devices attached locally. This can be used multiple times to
|
---|
6994 | access different device servers.
|
---|
6995 | </para>
|
---|
6996 |
|
---|
6997 | <para>
|
---|
6998 | To remove a device server, the following command can be used:
|
---|
6999 | </para>
|
---|
7000 |
|
---|
7001 | <screen>VBoxManage usbdevsource remove "Unique name"</screen>
|
---|
7002 |
|
---|
7003 | <sect2 id="usbip-setup-server">
|
---|
7004 |
|
---|
7005 | <title>Setting up USB/IP Support on a Linux System</title>
|
---|
7006 |
|
---|
7007 | <para>
|
---|
7008 | This section gives a brief overview on how to set up a Linux
|
---|
7009 | based system to act as a USB device server. The system on the
|
---|
7010 | server requires that the
|
---|
7011 | <computeroutput>usbip-core.ko</computeroutput> and
|
---|
7012 | <computeroutput>usbip-host.ko</computeroutput> kernel drivers
|
---|
7013 | are available, and that the USB/IP tools package is installed.
|
---|
7014 | The particular installation method for the necessary tools
|
---|
7015 | depends on which distribution is used. For example, for Debian
|
---|
7016 | based systems, the following command should be used to install
|
---|
7017 | the required tools:
|
---|
7018 | </para>
|
---|
7019 |
|
---|
7020 | <screen>apt-get install usbip-utils</screen>
|
---|
7021 |
|
---|
7022 | <para>
|
---|
7023 | To check whether the necessary tools are already installed use
|
---|
7024 | the following command:
|
---|
7025 | </para>
|
---|
7026 |
|
---|
7027 | <screen>
|
---|
7028 | $ usbip list -l
|
---|
7029 | </screen>
|
---|
7030 |
|
---|
7031 | <para>
|
---|
7032 | This should produce output similar to that shown in the example
|
---|
7033 | below:
|
---|
7034 | </para>
|
---|
7035 |
|
---|
7036 | <screen>
|
---|
7037 | - busid 4-2 (0bda:0301)
|
---|
7038 | Realtek Semiconductor Corp. : multicard reader (0bda:0301)
|
---|
7039 |
|
---|
7040 | - busid 5-1 (046d:c52b)
|
---|
7041 | Logitech, Inc. : Unifying Receiver (046d:c52b)
|
---|
7042 | </screen>
|
---|
7043 |
|
---|
7044 | <para>
|
---|
7045 | If everything is installed, the USB/IP server needs to be
|
---|
7046 | started as <computeroutput>root</computeroutput> using the
|
---|
7047 | following command:
|
---|
7048 | </para>
|
---|
7049 |
|
---|
7050 | <screen>usbipd -D</screen>
|
---|
7051 |
|
---|
7052 | <para>
|
---|
7053 | Refer to the documentation for the installed distribution to
|
---|
7054 | determine how to start the service when the system boots.
|
---|
7055 | </para>
|
---|
7056 |
|
---|
7057 | <para>
|
---|
7058 | By default, no device on the server is exported. This must be
|
---|
7059 | done manually for each device. To export a device use the
|
---|
7060 | following command:
|
---|
7061 | </para>
|
---|
7062 |
|
---|
7063 | <screen>usbip bind -b "bus identifier"</screen>
|
---|
7064 |
|
---|
7065 | <para>
|
---|
7066 | To export the multicard reader in the previous example:
|
---|
7067 | </para>
|
---|
7068 |
|
---|
7069 | <screen>usbip bind -b 4-2</screen>
|
---|
7070 |
|
---|
7071 | </sect2>
|
---|
7072 |
|
---|
7073 | <sect2 id="usbip-security">
|
---|
7074 |
|
---|
7075 | <title>Security Considerations</title>
|
---|
7076 |
|
---|
7077 | <para>
|
---|
7078 | The communication between the server and client is unencrypted
|
---|
7079 | and there is no authorization required to access exported
|
---|
7080 | devices. An attacker might sniff sensitive data or gain control
|
---|
7081 | over a device. To mitigate this risk, the device should be
|
---|
7082 | exposed over a local network to which only trusted clients have
|
---|
7083 | access. To access the device remotely over a public network, a
|
---|
7084 | VPN solution should be used to provide the required level of
|
---|
7085 | security protection.
|
---|
7086 | </para>
|
---|
7087 |
|
---|
7088 | </sect2>
|
---|
7089 |
|
---|
7090 | </sect1>
|
---|
7091 |
|
---|
7092 | <sect1 id="hyperv-support">
|
---|
7093 |
|
---|
7094 | <title>Using Hyper-V with &product-name;</title>
|
---|
7095 |
|
---|
7096 | <para>
|
---|
7097 | &product-name; can be used on a Windows host where Hyper-V is
|
---|
7098 | running. This is an experimental feature.
|
---|
7099 | </para>
|
---|
7100 |
|
---|
7101 | <para>
|
---|
7102 | No configuration is required. &product-name; detects Hyper-V
|
---|
7103 | automatically and uses Hyper-V as the virtualization engine for
|
---|
7104 | the host system. The CPU icon in the VM window status bar
|
---|
7105 | indicates that Hyper-V is being used.
|
---|
7106 | </para>
|
---|
7107 |
|
---|
7108 | <note>
|
---|
7109 | <para>
|
---|
7110 | When using this feature, you might experience significant
|
---|
7111 | &product-name; performance degradation on some host systems.
|
---|
7112 | </para>
|
---|
7113 | </note>
|
---|
7114 |
|
---|
7115 | </sect1>
|
---|
7116 |
|
---|
7117 | <sect1 id="nested-virt">
|
---|
7118 |
|
---|
7119 | <title>Nested Virtualization</title>
|
---|
7120 |
|
---|
7121 | <para>
|
---|
7122 | &product-name; supports <emphasis>nested virtualization</emphasis>
|
---|
7123 | on host systems that run AMD CPUs. This feature enables the
|
---|
7124 | passthrough of hardware virtualization functions to the guest VM.
|
---|
7125 | That means that you can install a hypervisor, such as
|
---|
7126 | &product-name;, Oracle VM Server or KVM, on an &product-name;
|
---|
7127 | guest. You can then create and run VMs within the guest VM.
|
---|
7128 | </para>
|
---|
7129 |
|
---|
7130 | <para>
|
---|
7131 | You can enable the nested virtualization feature in one of the
|
---|
7132 | following ways:
|
---|
7133 | </para>
|
---|
7134 |
|
---|
7135 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
7136 |
|
---|
7137 | <listitem>
|
---|
7138 | <para>
|
---|
7139 | From the VirtualBox Manager, select the
|
---|
7140 | <emphasis role="bold">Enable Nested VT-x/AMD-V</emphasis>
|
---|
7141 | check box on the <emphasis role="bold">Processor</emphasis>
|
---|
7142 | tab. To disable the feature, deselect the check box.
|
---|
7143 | </para>
|
---|
7144 | </listitem>
|
---|
7145 |
|
---|
7146 | <listitem>
|
---|
7147 | <para>
|
---|
7148 | Use the <option>--nested-hw-virt</option> option of the
|
---|
7149 | <command>VBoxManage modifyvm</command> command to enable or
|
---|
7150 | disable nested virtualization. See
|
---|
7151 | <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm"/>.
|
---|
7152 | </para>
|
---|
7153 | </listitem>
|
---|
7154 |
|
---|
7155 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
7156 |
|
---|
7157 | </sect1>
|
---|
7158 |
|
---|
7159 | <xi:include href="user_isomakercmd-man.xml" xpointer="element(/1)" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
7160 |
|
---|
7161 | </chapter>
|
---|